THE REAL TRUTH BEHIND THE LGBTIQ+ PROPAGANDA WORLDWIDE…..

LGBTQ+ community supports pedophilia, renamed “pedosexual”, and are advocating for the addition of the letter “P” in the LGBTQ+ acronym to show representation for that group.

IJC – ADVOCATES FOR “JUSTICE” AND “HUMAN RIGHTS“..

IJC – Advocates for “Justice” and “Human Rights”..

Lesotho: activists call for increased sensitization of key stakeholders on human rights of LGBTIQ+ people…

21/04/2023

On 17 and 18 April 2023, the International Commission of Jurists (ICJ) and the People’s Matrix Association held a workshop with the Lesotho judiciary where a range of human rights issues related to sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression and sex characteristics (SOGIESC) were discussed. The workshop took place in Maseru, the country’s capital, and was aimed at facilitating exchanges among participants, including judges and magistrates, with a view to enhancing everyone’s understanding of the human rights of LGBTIQ+ persons in Lesotho and the challenges they face in accessing justice and effective remedies for violations of their human rights.  It was a follow-up to the initial half-day judicial engagement workshop co-hosted by ICJ and OutRight International at the request of Lesotho’s judiciary in October 2022.

In his opening and concluding remarks, the country’s Acting Chief Justice, Tšeliso Monapathi, underscored that, in his opinion, there was a significant need for judges, magistrates and Lesotho’s society as a whole to be sensitized on the human rights of LGBTIQ+ persons. Indeed, at the October 2022 judicial engagement workshop, participating members of the judiciary had expressed an interest in deepening their knowledge about the personal experiences of LGBTIQ+ persons in Lesotho in accessing justice through the courts.

“It is encouraging to see that the Lesotho judiciary continues to take SOGIE issues seriously, and that they are willing to learn more about the challenges preventing the LGBTIQ+ community in Lesotho from exercising their human rights,” Ratalane said.

“This is a positive step towards improving access to justice for LGBTIQ+ persons. Members of the People’s Matrix and those who we engage from the LGBTIQ+ community continue to be subjected to varying forms of discrimination and violence on the basis of their real or perceived sexual orientation or gender identity. Many report struggling to access courts and significant challenges with a range of justice actors including police officers, prosecutors, correctional services personnel and healthcare workers.” she added.

In Lesotho, discrimination against LGBTIQ+ persons manifests in various forms including: violence and abuse against the LGBTIQ+ individuals, such as killings, forced initiations to purportedly “convert” a person from their real or imputed same-sex sexual orientation to a heterosexual one or “restore” transgender persons to a cisgender identity; rape and other forms of sexual assault, intimidation and harassment; bullying; denial of access to healthcare services, such as gender affirming care; and other forms of social exclusion, such as rejection of LGBTIQ+ children by family members. While there has been some legislative progress in protecting the human rights of LGBTIQ+ persons, including the decriminalization of consensual same-sex sexual conduct in 2010, human rights violations and abuses against LGBTIQ+ individuals continue to be reported.

Judges and magistrates present at the workshop discussed ways in which the judiciary could ensure equal access to justice for LGBTIQ+ people. For instance, as Ratalane noted during her presentation at the event, this may entail being sensitive to the needs of LGBTIQ+ persons appearing before them so as to better enable them to participate in court proceedings more effectively. The workshop discussed how judges could also continue to make progress by interpreting existing laws in Lesotho in a manner consistent with the country’s international human rights law obligations.

ICJ Africa’s Legal and Communications Associate Officer, Mulesa Lumina, emphasized the importance of making available to judicial officers tools, information and resources that would enable them to adjudicate matters involving the human rights of LGBTIQ+ individuals in Lesotho in ways that strive to ensure  compliance with the country’s international human rights law obligations:

“Lesotho is a State Party to a number of international human rights instruments, including the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the African Charter on Human and Peoples’ Rights, and, as such, is obliged to prevent abuse, attacks and discrimination against LGBTIQ+ persons by third parties. It is also bound to proactively address barriers to the enjoyment of human rights,” she said.

“The ICJ remains committed to working with a wide range of stakeholders promoting the human rights of LGBTIQ+ people in Lesotho, including their rights to equality and freedom from violence and discrimination, and to ensuring the country’s compliance with its international law obligations. Judges have a vital role to play in ensuring that the human rights of everyone, regardless of their real or imputed SOGIESC be upheld,” she added.

Contact

Mulesa Lumina, Legal and Communications Associate Officer (Africa Regional Programme), e: mulesa.lumina@icj.org

Kaajal Ramjathan-Keogh, Director (Africa Regional Programme), e: kaajal.keogh@icj.org

Background

High court judges and magistrates convened for the workshop facilitated by ICJ and the People’s Matrix to discuss a range of human rights issues related to sexual orientation, gender identity and gender expression. In particular, facilitators unpacked the obstacles to the realization of the human rights of LGBTIQ+ persons in Lesotho, including their rights to freedom from discrimination, torture or other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.

In terms of its international human rights obligations, Lesotho must ensure that LGBTIQ+ persons are protected from discrimination and violence and that their dignity and right to equality be upheld. Lesotho is a State Party to a number of international human rights instruments, including the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights(ICCPR), the African Charter on Human and Peoples’ Rights (the African Charter) and the Protocol to the African Charter on Human and Peoples’ Rights on the Rights of Women in Africa.

The Yogyakarta Principles and the Yogyakarta Principles Plus 10 are an authoritative affirmation that the rights of LGBTIQ+ persons are human rights and a guide on the obligations of States as regards the application of international human rights law and standards in relation to sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression and sex characteristics. In addition, the landmark Resolution 275of the African Commission on Human and Peoples’ Rights on Protection against Violence and other Human Rights violations against Persons on the basis of their real or imputed sexual orientation or gender identity reiterates that the Africa Charter protects the human rights of all persons, including LGBTIQ+ persons, to non-discrimination, equality, life, dignity and freedom from torture. The resolution also calls on all States to put in place measures that will put a stop to violence and discrimination against LGBTIQ+ persons. Most recently, the African Commission on Human and Peoples’ Rights also released Resolution 552 on the Promotion and Protection of the Rights of Intersex Persons in Africa, the first resolution from Africa on the human rights of intersex persons, calling on States to promote and protect the human rights of intersex persons on the African continent.

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM 

9exl0hl96mm41.jpgETCBMoGUUAIXnb9.jpgETDZzLlUYAAzUnH.jpg1584271692420.png

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV) 

Sig.jpg

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

Disney+Groom.png

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

DUp0h6lVoAAcRGg.jpg

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

do2vvqnvwaalgyi

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

89984e89b706be270f34684fdded5849

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.


The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

(Main article: Rabbits and hares in art) 

Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY


(Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits) 

The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure. 
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.


LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

castaway-tom-hanks-wilson-caio-caldas.jpg5815763393207d6c8e9e955b41bb0ff2.jpgru0ywt0p47d1.jpgET8vWOyU4AUkFP1.jpegES9HRSUU0AAwkEo.jpegil_794xN.1896880687_nstr.jpg

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

0_ADRENOCHROME_027.png

Screenshot_2019-02-17-18-51-28Screenshot_2019-02-17-18-51-16ADRENOCHROME-SOUL SCALPINGadrenochrome_solution__i2006e1242_disphqdefaultD_AW9YrW4AAUjlIimages

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S… 

IMG_20180626_040800_560addtext_01-21-08.45.16-3

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

by: Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP

THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams, which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool, motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people”.
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”.

He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as “bad” stock compared to the more―Nordic types that made up earlier waves of immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens.

His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their organizations.

The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory.

They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot.

The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40 megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike.

The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops did not.

The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects.

The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive.

In 1973 Austin Bues, from the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study.

He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

ADRENOCHROME WHITE RABBIT YOUTH ELIXIR, ORGAN HARVESTING & CANNIBALISM

Adrenochrome structure looking like a rabbit and I remembered something from a series of vids from youtuber Chiron Last. His Golden Web videos show a rabbit stirring a pot which is from the emperor’s robe in China. Looked up more and the rabbit is making the elixir of life or immortality. Chiron talks about the moon being where the matrix pod fields are. The same writers of the Matrix wrote Jupiter Ascending which deals with humans being crops for elite immortality serums. There must be something they’re hiding in plain site. Qanon talks about the white rabbits being tied to Adrenochrome and hints at the subject of us being crops or energy for beings in the invisible. Does anyone know anything about these connections? I made gay pic related to start.

Heard of the numbers 33? Or the Skull and bones 322? Genesis 3:3, KJV: “But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” … God said, ‘You must not eat it or even touch it; if you do, you will die.

Genesis 3:22 King James Version (KJV)

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

Mushrooms break the system, and they have been keeping this secret because it keeps their disneyland reality going.

the white rabbit first appears in Alice in Wonderland. A story written by a pedophile, who was one of the first kiddie porn makers. Anyway, a story about a girl who follows a white rabbit down a hole into a pretty psychedelic place, where in the fact the girl eats mushroom, and experiences the phenomena of micro/ macrocosm.

And then you have all the rest, the molecule, etc.

Alice in Wonderland is a code book for pedos. she’s drugged up to be raped in the gardens, it’s not a happy trip

https://archive.org/stream/TheLanguageCrystal/The_Language_Crystal_djvu.txt

Genesis 3:22
King James Version

22 And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:

https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+3%3A22&version=KJV

MOON RABBIT / MOON HARE

For the Chinese lunar rover, see Yutu (rover).
“Jade Hare” redirects here. For the module for Dungeons & Dragons Basic Set, see The Jade Hare.

The Moon Rabbit or Moon Hare is a mythical figure who lives on the Moon in Far Eastern folklore, based on pareidolia interpretations that identify the dark markings on the near side of the Moon as a rabbit or hare. The folklore originated in China and then spread to other Asian cultures. In East Asian folklore, the rabbit is seen as pounding with a mortar and pestle, but the contents of the mortar differ among Chinese, Japanese and Korean folklore. In Chinese folklore, the rabbit often is portrayed as a companion of the Moon goddess Chang’e, constantly pounding the elixir of life for her; but in Japanese and Korean versions, the rabbit is pounding the ingredients for rice cakes. In some Chinese versions, the rabbit pounds medicine for the mortals. Unrelated moon folklore arising among native cultures of the Americas, also have rabbit themes and characters.

Main article: Rabbits and hares in art
Rabbits are often used as a symbol of fertility or rebirth, and have long been associated with spring and Easter as the Easter Bunny. The species’ role as a prey animal with few defenses evokes vulnerability and innocence, and in folklore and modern children’s stories, rabbits often appear as sympathetic characters, able to connect easily with youth of all kinds (for example, the Velveteen Rabbit, or Thumper in Bambi).

With its reputation as a prolific breeder, the rabbit juxtaposes sexuality with innocence, as in the Playboy Bunny. The rabbit (as a swift prey animal) is also known for its speed, agility, and endurance, symbolized (for example) by the marketing icons the Energizer Bunny and the Duracell Bunny.

FOLKLORE & MYTHOLOGY

Main article: List of fictional hares and rabbits
The rabbit often appears in folklore as the trickster archetype, as he uses his cunning to outwit his enemies.

In Aztec mythology, a pantheon of four hundred rabbit gods known as Centzon Totochtin, led by Ometotchtli or Two Rabbit, represented fertility, parties, and drunkenness.

In Central Africa, the common hare (Kalulu), is “inevitably described” as a trickster figure.[67]
In Chinese folklore, rabbits accompany Chang’e on the Moon. In the Chinese New Year, the zodiacal rabbit is one of the twelve celestial animals in the Chinese zodiac. Note that the Vietnamese zodiac includes a zodiacal cat in place of the rabbit, possibly because rabbits did not inhabit Vietnam.[citation needed] The most common explanation, however, is that the ancient Vietnamese word for “rabbit” (mao) sounds like the Chinese word for “cat” (卯, mao).

In Japanese tradition, rabbits live on the Moon where they make mochi, the popular snack of mashed sticky rice. This comes from interpreting the pattern of dark patches on the moon as a rabbit standing on tiptoes on the left pounding on an usu, a Japanese mortar.

In Jewish folklore, rabbits (shfanim שפנים) are associated with cowardice, a usage still current in contemporary Israeli spoken Hebrew (similar to the English colloquial use of “chicken” to denote cowardice).

In Korean mythology, as in Japanese, rabbits live on the moon making rice cakes (“Tteok” in Korean).

In Anishinaabe traditional beliefs, held by the Ojibwe and some other Native American peoples, Nanabozho, or Great Rabbit, is an important deity related to the creation of the world.

A Vietnamese mythological story portrays the rabbit of innocence and youthfulness. The Gods of the myth are shown to be hunting and killing rabbits to show off their power.
Buddhism, Christianity, and Judaism have associations with an ancient circular motif called the three rabbits (or “three hares”). Its meaning ranges from “peace and tranquility”, to purity or the Holy Trinity, to Kabbalistic levels of the soul or to the Jewish diaspora. The tripartite symbol also appears in heraldry and even tattoos.
The rabbit as trickster is a part of American popular culture, as Br’er Rabbit (from African-American folktales and, later, Disney animation) and Bugs Bunny (the cartoon character from Warner Bros.), for example.

Anthropomorphized rabbits have appeared in film and literature, in Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (the White Rabbit and the March Hare characters), in Watership Down (including the film and television adaptations), in Rabbit Hill (by Robert Lawson), and in the Peter Rabbit stories (by Beatrix Potter). In the 1920s, Oswald the Lucky Rabbit, was a popular cartoon character.

LINK: DOWNLOAD FREE PDF

bestiary.ca › collins1913 › symbolism animals and birds…

SYMBOLISM ANIMALS AND BIRDS

Jameson in her Sacred and Legendary Art comes near to explaining the meaning. “ When,” she says, “wild beasts as wolves and bears are placed at the feet of …

https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://bestiary.ca/etexts/collins1913/symbolism%2520of%2520animals%2520and%2520birds%2520-%2520collins.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwjS1ruBnNHoAhUpx4sKHfuKCJgQFjAHegQIBhAB&authuser=1&usg=AOvVaw0SoMMfMqT5znkP2sttEWsW

WHAT DOES THE WILSON’S FACE REPRESENTS?

What does the “Wilson face” really represent?

The satanists want the strongest effect of their Adrenochrome rush/trip. To extract the most amount of high concentrated Adrenochrome as possible from a child, they torture the child and tear the skin off the faces of the child and then they wear it on top of their own face to taunt the child before they kill the child. It represents a “snubbed” (skinless) face of a child…

The Wilson face, is a reference to the movie ‘Castaway”, with Tom Hanks. But the face on the basketball in the movie is a reference to a adrenalized child with a skinless face..

ADRENOCHROME / C9H9NO3 = The satanic elite pedophiles prefered drug & youth elixir..

KIDNAPPING, MURDERS, CANNIBALISM, ORGAN-HARVESTING, BY ZIONISTS – SUPPORTED BY MCDONALD’S…

Quote:

Zionist: Rabbi Abe Finkelstein says:

We steel 100.000-300.000 children a year just within this country. We drain the blood and mix it up with the passover blood and then we drive the bodies to the slaughterhouses that we own, there we grind up all the bodies, into sausage and hamburgers… McDonald’s is our favorite outlets…

https://m.facebook.com/jenandbethcansee/photos/this-is-an-interview-with-jewish-zionist-rabbi-abe-finkelstein-with-a-christian-/1452995344946773/


_tags:_
#EXPOSING #Adrenochrome #C9H9NO3 #cannibalism #zionism #satanic #occultism #pagan #PassOver #frazzledrip #WilsonsFace #satanists #Hollyweird #Hollywood #Adrenochrome #BloodSacrifice #ChildAbuse #SexualAbuse #AlbertFisch #WhiteRabbit #AliceInWonderland #OrganHarvesting #McDonalds #SatanicOrganizedPedophilia #EXPOSED

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse
of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron
and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at
the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation
involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their
testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.
Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter.
The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

 

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

THE PHOENIX PROGRAM:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In 1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857. South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams, which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S. military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’ Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool, motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.” Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targetingthousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counter-intelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t come back and kill me”,  Alexander says. It’s only a matter of time before technology allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

 

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

 

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families. He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation (institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to determine intelligence and character. The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread. This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination. Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes. Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent. She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law. A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law. The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection, or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

 

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars (1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000 people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000 people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons. Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40 megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes. Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead. A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death. A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections, radioactive isotope studies, and many others. Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages. Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges. Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic. During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

DRUGS USED FOR MIND CONTROL

DRUGS USED FOR MIND CONTROL

(From Fritz Springmeier’s book; ‘Total Mind Controlled Slave’)


The CIA/Illuminati programming centers have more than 600-700 different drugs at their disposal. The following is a partial list of the drugs available for their mind-control (aka MK-Ultra Programming). They can make a person feel like he is in heaven, or burning in hell. The drugs are at times used with elaborate light, sound and motion shows that produce whatever effect the programmer wants to produce. They can make a person believe he is shrinking, or that he is double (with mirrors), or that he is dying. Before describing how drugs are used for programming & control, let us list a few which we know have been used. This list comes from CIA documents obtained from the Freedom of Information Act and from what Multiples used as Programmers remember. Many of the new synthetic drugs are known only to the Illuminati/Intelligence community.:

  • 2-GB (aka CBR, this is a strong hallucinogenic which also helps telepathic communication)
  • 2-CT2 (Produces dark, earthy visual patterns)
  • Acetylcholine (for EEOM, EDOM, and for blocking memory)
  • Adrenalin
  • Aktetron
  • Alcohol
  • Ambien
  • Aminazin
  • Amobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Amobarbital Sodium (hypnotic sedative)
  • Amphetamine (Addictive)
  • Amphetamine Sulphate
  • Analasine
  • Anectine (Succinylcholine, a strong muscle relaxant that makes one feel suffocated and drowning. The person feels terror at thinking he is dying.)
  • Anhalamine
  • Anhalidine
  • Anhaline
  • Anhalonidine
  • Anhalonine
  • Anhalonium
  • Aphrodisiacs (Sexual manipulation by programmers)
  • Aphyllidine
  • Aphyllin
  • Aprobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Atropine (Speeds heart rate given with l.V.)
  • Atrosine
  • BZ (Designer drug ten times more powerful that LSD, produces amnesia)
  • Bambusa
  • Banisterine
  • Baradanga (Truth serum which makes people willing to follow any command)
  • Barbiturate
  • Belladonna (A traditional drug of witches since the middle ages)
  • Benzidrene (Benzedrene, stimulant used w/ other drugs)
  • Benzocaine
  • Bromoharmine
  • Bulbocapnine (Causes a catatonia and stupors)
  • Butabarbital Sodium (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Butyl-bromallyl-barbituric Acid
  • Caffeine
  • Caffeine Sodium
  • Calcium Chloride
  • Cannabidiol
  • Can nabinol
  • Cannabis (aka Marijuana, a sedative, change in perception, colors and sounds more distinct, time distorted. This drug is not used much in Monarch Programming because it IMPEDES mind control. It has been experimented with in combination with other drugs as an interrogation tool. The CIA listed it as being used in MK-Ultra, but it served as an experimental drug rather for programming.)
  • Cannabol
  • Caramine
  • Carboline
  • Carbrital
  • Caroegine
  • Chloral Hydrate (a hypnotic sedative, the active sedative ingredientis the metabolite trichloroethanol, goes to work in about 30-60minutes, aka Noctec)
  • Cocaine (Addictive, blackmail, the availability of cocaine may pullup certain alters who are addicted to it)
  • Coffee
  • Coramine
  • Curare (To paralyze the body)
  • Delvinyl Sodium
  • Demerol (A hypnotic, also given as a reward for good learning after an induced headache, is used in the Scramble programming where the victim must overcome its effect to concentrate on what is being said)
  • Desoxyn (Used with Sodium Pentothal for hypnotic trance)
  • Dexedrine (Amphetamine)
  • Di benzo Pyran Derivatives
  • Dicain
  • Doral
  • Dramamine (aka dimenhydrinate, stops motion sickness)
  • Drobinal (for quick access)
  • Ecstasy (aka XTC, Adam, MDMA, this is an illegal designer drug, butit’s used by the government & cult programmers. Empathogens, likeEcstasy, enhance trust between the recipient & the programmer. It’s
    effect lasts for several hours.)
  • Ephedrine (Stops hypotension)
  • Ephetamine
  • Epinephrine (Adrenaline)
  • Ergot
  • Ergotamine
  • Ethanol (To inebriate the victim to induce certain behavior)
  • Ethchlorvynol (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Ethyl Harmol
  • Epicane
  • Escrine
  • Estazolam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Ethclorvynol (Hypnotic sedative, effect begins 30 min. afterdigestion, addictive, aka Placidyl)
  • Ether
  • Ethinamate (Hypnotic sedative, aka Valmid)
  • Eucaine
  • Eucodal
  • Eukotal
  • Eunacron
  • Evipal
  • Evipan
  • Evipan Sodium
  • Flurazepam Hydrochloride (Hypnotic sedative)Genoscopolomine
  • Glutethimide (Hypnotic sedative, has withdrawal symptoms, akaDoriden)
  • Halcyn (Blocks explicit memory by impairing hippocampalprocessing)
  • Haliopareael (Tranquilizer)
  • Harmaline
  • Harmalol
  • Harman
  • Harmine
  • Harmine Methiodide
  • Harmol
  • Heroin
  • Hexacol
  • Histadyl
  • Histamine (Causes changes in the skin)
  • Hydractine (or Hydrastine)
  • Hypoloid Soluble HexabarbitoneIcoral
  • Indole
  • Indole Methyllarmine
  • Insulin (Shock for amnesia)
  • Ipecac (To induce vomiting for eating disorder programming)
  • Largatil (A powerful tranquilizer)
  • Lophop-nine
  • Lorazepam (sleep induction, may destroy memory of previous day)
  • LSD-25 (Used to program alters to cut their veins; they want to endtheir nightmare by cutting what seem like white rivers w/ blackthreads or other scary delusions. Can cause psychosis & other effects.
    It’s used in small amounts for interrogations. Its active ingredient is

    psilocybin which can create anxiety & a fear of death.)

  • Lyscorbic Acid
  • MDA (This is a cross between mescaline and amphetamine speed)
  • MDMA (Also known as Adam, this is Ecstasy, see under Ecstasy formore information)
  • MDE (aka Eve, puts someone into a strictly intellectual head trip)
  • Manganese chloride
  • Mellaril (Mood changer)
  • Methaqualone (hypnotic sedative)
  • Methotrimeprazine Hydrochloride (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Methy-cocaine
  • Methy-prylon (aka Noludar, helpful for hypnosis, side effects are ahangover & skin rashes.)
  • Metra-ol
  • Midazolam hydrochloride (Hypnovel, versed, hypnotic sedativewhich can cause amnesia)
  • Morphine
  • Morphine Hydrochloride
  • Narco-imal
  • Nembutal
  • Niacin (helpful to stop an LSD trip)
  • Nicotine
  • Nicotinic Acid (stops LSD drug effect)
  • Nikthemine
  • Nitrous Oxide
  • Novacaine
  • Nupercaine
  • Pantocaine
  • Pantopone
  • Parahyx
  • Paraldehyde (Hypnotic sedative, produces sleep in 15 mm., has astrong odor & disagreeable taste)
  • Pellotine
  • Pentobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Pentobarbital Sodium (hHypnotic sedative, if mixed with dextroAmphetamine Sulfate it will half the stage 1 dream time when REMsleep occurs)
  • Pentothal Acid (Helpful for hypnosis)
  • Pentothal Sodium
  • Percaine
  • Pernoston
  • Peyotl (Interrogation, hallucinations)
  • Pheactin
  • Phenamine
  • Phenolic Acid (Injected into expendable children’s hearts to killthem)
  • Pehyl-thio-urethanes
  • Picrate
  • Picrotoxin
  • Procaine
  • Propranolol (calms the mind so it can function better)
  • Pulegone-orcinol
  • Pulegone-olivetol
  • Pyrahexyl
  • Pyramidon
  • Quazepam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Quinine
  • Reserpine
  • Salsoline
  • Scapalomine S. (good amnesia drug)
  • Scopolomine (Truth serum that makes people willing to dowhatever they are told)
  • Scopolomine Aminoxide Hydrobromide
  • Scopolomine-phetamine-eukotal
  • Secobarbital Sodium (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Sodium Amytal (hypnotic sedative that reduces R E M sleep time)
  • Sodium Barbital
  • Sodium Dielvinal
  • Sodium Evipal
  • Sodium Pentobarbital (Nembutal)
  • Sodium Pentothal (Truth serum for interrogation, can be used withhypnosis, can be used with Desoxyn, given in an IV)
  • Sodium Phenobarbital
  • Sodium Rhodanate
  • Sodium Soneryl
  • Sodium Succinate
  • Sodium Thioethamyl
  • Somnifen
  • Stovaine
  • Strychnine
  • Styphnic Acid
  • Sulfazin
  • Sympatol
  • Synhexyl
  • Telepathine
  • Tetra-hydro-cannabinol acetate
  • Tetra-hydro-harman
  • Tetra-hydro-harmine
  • Tropacocaine
  • Tropenone
  • Temazepam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Thallium (Confuses thinking)
  • Thorazine (Helps bring one out of an LSD trip)
  • Tranquility (A designer drug for programming that makes the victimcompliant, like Baradanga)
  • Triazolam (Hypnotic sedative, somewhat rapid)
  • Yageine
  • Yohimbine Sulphate
  • Zolpidem Tartrate (Hypnotic sedative)

HERBS

When the victim’s body is saturated with all the drugs they can
assimilate, they will receive herbs, which often have a drug effect.

  • Ayahuasca (a vine of Brazil whose alkaloids such as Telapatin aresaid to produce a telepathic state where the recipient can see throughpeople like glass and read their minds.)
  • Bayberry (hemorrhaging)
  • Calamas (part of a cerebral tonic)
  • Cayenne Pepper (stimulant)
  • Charcoal (absorbent cleanser)
  • Caladium sequinum (injected into body parts to cause excruciatingpain)
  • Clove Oil (placed in nose for relief from the pain of dental tortures)
  • Hemlock (a poison, used more to kill than for programming)
  • Hops (sleep aid aka Beerflower)
  • Lady’s Slipper (relaxant)
  • Kava Kava (sedative)
  • Mistletoe (for dizziness, and lower blood pressure)
  • Narcissus (anaphrodisiac for males)
  • Opium (enchanting trip)
  • Potions (made from roots, powders, dried blood and animal partsare given.)
  • Rosemary (mild heart tonic)
  • Saffron (sedative)
  • Sage (part of a cerebral tonic)
  • Sandlewood & henbane (when burned the fumes cause convulsions& temporary insanity)
  • Skullcap (relaxant)
  • Sunflower Seed Oil (this may be used to help with brain stemscarring)
  • Valarium Root (works just like Valarium, also helps cramps)
  • Witch Hazel (hemorrhaging)
  • Yerba Mate (part of a cerebral tonic)

A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE USE

Religious groups, shamans, medicine men, witches and cults have been using mind altering drugs throughout history. The medieval witches used potions of hemlock and aconite for their flying ointments. These are herbs (natural drugs) which will create delirium. Contemporary witnesses reported that covens during the medieval ages would apply the potion of hemlock and aconite to cause their new witch to go delirious, and then would transport the person to the Sabbat, where they would be told they flew there. The Haitian satanic Vodoun cult, which has been manipulated by the CIA/Illuminati, has sorcerers called bokors. The Vodoun cult in Haiti is being used for trauma-based mind control. One of the items of the cult is to take the plant Datura stramonium and add this plant with other things. The plant is the active ingredient of a potent psychoactive drug, the “zombi cucumber” which produces amnesia and a pseudo-death of the victim. The brain doesn’t die, but the mind is shut off. The victim is brought back to life as a zombie – a slave of the bokor. The powder to create a zombi is called zombificant in French – creole. The ceremonies to kill and resurrect the zombie are full of magic and demonology also. Magic, drugs and demonology have always gone hand in hand. Drugs remove the part of the will that prevents demonic possession. Drugs are considered powerful demonizing substances by the those skilled in Demonology. If demonic possession is seen as part of mind-control, then cocaine, hashish, crack, and some of the other drugs are part of the effort to enslave people. (The power of magic to kill, just as the power of faith can heal, will be discussed in chapter 10.) In Basutoland in Drakersbergs, the Zulu witch-doctors use drugs and trauma to create tokoloshes (mind-controlled zombie slaves). It is said that in recent years, they are using less children and more baboons and monkeys to get tokoloshes. The point is that drugs have been and continue to be used by the occult world for controlling people.

The intelligence agencies working through the U.S. government financed drug research. An example is that Dr. Beecher of Harvard University was given via the U.S. Army Surgeon General’s Office $150,000 to investigate “the development and application of drugs which will aid in the establishment of psychological control”. Research into drugs for mind-control began in 1947 at Bethesada Naval Hospital in Maryland. A CIA report described this research as to “isolate and synthesize pure drugs for use in effecting psychological entry and control of the individual”. At the California Medical Facility at Vacaville, Dr. Arthur Nugent, conducted research into drugs for mind control under the auspices of the CIA. The Bureau of Narcotics worked with the CIA to establish “safe houses” where drugs which were seized were given to victims. Some other hospitals which began working with the intelligence agencies with dispensing drugs for mind control include Mount Sinai Hospital, Boston Psychopathic Hospital, University of Illinois, University of Michigan, University of Minnesota, Valley Forge General Hospital, Detroit Psychopathic Clinic, Mayo Clinic, the National Institute of Health, and Letterman Hospital in the Presideo, CA.

The military did drug research/programming at the Army Chemical School in Ft. McClellan, AL and at the Edgewood Chemical Center. In 1958, Dr. Louis Gottschalk, working for the CIA suggested that addictive drugs be used to control people. Some GIs who became addicted to pain killing drugs were subsequently blackmailed by withholding the painkillers until they complied with the demands asked of them. Cocaine has been frequently given to Monarch slaves to get them addicted and give their handlers more control over them. There is spray cocaine, and powdered cocaine, etc. Because the Monarch slaves are used to haul drugs and to launder the drug money, they are right in the middle of large supplies of drugs. If you hear the expression “The snow is falling” it is the Network’s lingo for cocaine. Cocaine is reported to give people a feeling of power and to act as an aphrodisiac.

APPLICATIONS FOR DRUGS IN PROGRAMMING

Drugs are used during programming. Although drugs used to assist programming mean nothing to the common person, they each have a specific purpose within a certain type of programming.

SOME SPECIFIC
USES FOR DRUGS DURING PROGRAMMING INCLUDE:

a. PUTTING PEOPLE INTO TRANCE

b. TEACHING ALTERS TO GO DEEPER INTO TRANCE TO ESCAPE DRUG EFFECTS

c. ENHANCING THE TRAUMA

d. PRODUCING OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCES

e. CREATING PAIN

f. CREATING BLOOD VESSELS THAT HURT, a pulsating pain, that runs through the
body

g. CONTROLLING HISTAMINE PRODUCTION

h. HELPING CREATE ILLUSIONS SUCH AS NO HANDS, NO FEET, NO FACE, NO HEAD
etc.

i. TEACHING ALTERS TO STAY IN POSITION

j. TO ASSIST OTHER PROGRAMMING MODALITIES, such as high tech harmonic machines, which implant thoughts. (The machines are used in conjunction with designer drugs.)

k. HORMONES, FOR INSTANCE GnRH, WHICH REGULATES THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SEXUAL GROWTH. Is given to speed up sexual growth. Other body developments may also be manipulated.

l. TO ENHANCE OR REDUCE MEMORY

m. TO BUILD THE IMAGE OF THE PROGRAMMERS POWER.

At this point, it is appropriate to point out that the personalities of a multiple do not respond uniformly to the same dose of the same drug. Understanding how a drug will effect particular alters is a science in itself. If an alter is holding the body, it will receive more of the effect of a drug. Let’s say Paraldehyde is given to a multiple. A possible reaction would be that some alters will feel no effect, some will be sedated to a drunken stupor, and child alters may be unconscious or hyperactive. Chloral hydrate might put some alters to sleep while others remain wide awake. Sometimes the personality holding the body may fight the influence of a drug to keep the body. Prochlorperazine is sometimes given by therapists to help alters cope with nausea and vomiting. Most alters will be programmed not to accept drugs except from their master. Lithium suppresses alter switching in some systems. An alter to “protect” the system from the therapist’s helpful medications may develop “allergic” responses. Alcohol is a drug. The reaction of an alter System to it will again be varied. Child alters may become unconscious, while the adult alters don’t even become inebriated by large quantities of hard liquor. Within males, dangerous violent personalities may take the body. Within the medical world, often an approximate correct dosage will work. However, with the programming the doses must be extremely fine tuned. Some of the best skilled medical doctors and assistants help with the programming. The Illuminati will initially give the small child a small dose of a drug. They will chart its effect, give it a urinalysis to see how long it stays in the body etc. This is just the testing stage, they are not doing any programming. A number of drugs will be tested, but only one at a time. They clear a child’s body of a drug before they give it another one. They prefer not to mix meds. They will start small to insure they don’t overdose and then increase the dosage until they notice the correct behavior pattern. This will be charted in detail on the slave’s chart. Each child’s body chemistry is different, so the suggested dosages are only ball park figures which are not precise enough. If too much of a drug is given, the programmers can easily turn a child into a psychotic basket case. One of the secrets of the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies is that they have secret antidotes for most medications, which, if they have to give them to a child, then they will. They will use an antidote, for instance, to keep a child from going into heart failure. The Programmers will have some helpful drugs and herbs on stock too. It is reported that Glutamic Acid (1000 mg. 3 times/day) will take care of the intense headaches that alters get from lots of switching. Witch hazel leaves and comfrey root will help internal bleeding.

a. PUTTING PEOPLE INTO TRANCE

About 90% of the population can be placed into the somnambulistic (the deepest) hypnotic trance possible simply by giving them hypnotic drugs. The prior list on pages 47-50 gives over 2 dozen drugs that can be used to assist taking someone in hypnotic trance. Special drugs have been designed which will place someone into a deep trance very quickly. If an alter is not being cooperative when they are accessed, they can be locked in place mentally and given a quick shot of a fast-acting hypnotic-inducing drug. One drug which was popular for programming was demerol, which would be administered intravenously (an IV). It takes about 5-7 minutes to take full effect after administration via an I.V. The dosage can be administered so that the effect remains until the programming session is over. It may be administered about every half hour if appropriate. Children will receive 1 to 2.2 mg/kg dose. Another drug, a truth serum, also consistently works on people making them totally compliant to any directive. Under Baradanga people will give their bank account numbers and anything else a person might want. These type of drugs are almost sufficient in themselves to get compliance out of a person. If one realizes that these drugs are used in conjunction to torture, elaborate systems of lies and deception, trauma-bonds, and all the rest of the sciences of mind-control used in the programming, it is easy to see how they are producing totally compliant human robots.

b. TEACHING ALTERS TO GO DEEPER INTO TRANCE TO ESCAPE DRUG EFFECTS AND
PAIN.

Much of the training in this area is based upon the child’s horror and fear toward the all powerful master programmer. When the programmer wants the child’s alters to learn to trance deeper, he will give a drug that the alter doesn’t like. The child’s alter will then be told to go deeper into the mind if they want to escape the effect of the drug. This enforces the dissociative state being trained for the alter. The suggestion or story line that is given to the alter is frequently the picture of a train. The child is told that the conductor is at the front of the train, but he must move to the back of the train through the train cars. The child is taught to count cars when they go by as if they were steps in the mind. This is training the child to descend into deeper levels of the subconscious. The train illustration has been used by programmers when they want the child to remember the drug experience. The programmer wants this experience remembered – at least for a while because it helps increase the child’s fear. If the programmer wants the child to forget the drug experience while learning trance depths, then the imagery of a plane taking off and disappearing in the clouds works.

c. ENHANCING THE TRAUMA

Drugs will be used to enhance the spinning effect when the mind is being programmed to have vortexes and to set up traps within the slave’s mind. One particular drug enhances the trauma by 100 times. Drugs can be useful for instance, to enhance a child’s terror of the experience of this child being placed in a small box in the fetal position for 24 hours. This helps shorten the programming time, and it also make the programming more intense. The programmers know what antidotes to give to pull the child out of the enhancement. Marijuana enhances perception of color and noise, but it is not used to enhance trauma. The mind does not program well under marijuana. That is why there has been such a big campaign to keep it illegal, even though many studies show it to be safer than alcohol.

d. PRODUCING OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCES

Various hallucinogenic drugs, LSD included, will produce an out of body experience for the victim, if the drugs are administered correctly. The Programmer will prepare the victim with various information and story lines during the administration of the drug. Monarch slaves who are being deprogrammed, may have a memory where their skin feels inflamed and itchy, like a bad mosquito bite. The experience may also have the sensation of floating in an unreal world. This may well be an LSD trip given the slave during experimentation and programming. The CIA was using LSD beginning in the very early part of the 1950s. Several victims report that some type of potion causes a person to dream while they are awake. PCP which is “angel dust” is one way to disconnect the cortex from the limbic system and go into an altered state.

e. CREATING PAIN

This is done with a long list of drugs. Drops of salt water and pepper water are applied to the eyes of victims to make their eyes sting. Another pain in the eye takes place when lights are flashed signalling, “I love you, I love you not”. The child is pulled two ways by this message. Dr. Green Mengele) enjoyed pulling daisy petals while saying these words. If the last petal was “I love you not”. the child would be put to death. Surviving children were left traumatized.

f. CREATING BLOOD VESSELS THAT HURT

Blood pressure is raised by drugs and then certain drugs are added which make the veins burn. The alter is taught to cut the burning veins. This is programming which is laid in to control the slave from straying from the script he or she is given. If they stray, then a cutting program is activated which was laid in via a combination of drugs in the method just stated.

g. CONTROLLING HISTAMINE PRODUCTION

The control of histamine production is an important secret ingredient to the Monarch Mind Control. The breast implants placed into women help stimulate histamine production, which is used in conjunction with drug-
assisted programming (See Chapter 8.)

h. HELPING CREATE ILLUSIONS SUCH AS; NO HANDS, NO FEET, NO FACE, NO HEAD..
etc.

A programmer working with a hallucinogenic drug can make an alter believe that it has lost a particular body part. Because most of these
alters have little memory or no memory and little frame of reference, what they are told while under the influence of drugs seems very real to them.

i. TEACHING ALTERS TO STAY IN POSITION

Some alters don’t like to stay in position. But through the use of drugs, and the side effect of drugs, they soon learn the importance of staying in position. If they are disobedient, the memory of the bad side effects from not staying in position in the mind can be pulled up by a code and the alter can relive the pain from having disobediently moved from position. This is very effective in teaching alters to stay in their little position that is assigned them in the mind.

j. TO ASSIST OTHER PROGRAMMING MODALITIES, such as high tech harmonic machines, which implant thoughts. (The machines are used in
conjunction with designer drugs.)

An example of how drugs can be important is as follows. The neurons in the hippocampus which is part of the memory process use acetylcholine. Drugs that block acetylcholine interfere with memory. The neurons and the chemical neural transmitters are understood much better today. Where and how a thought is created in the brain is understood by the programmers in detail. No one is in a position to physically prevent the Illuminati and others from taking their children and others to labs where chemicals and harmonics can be used in sophisticated computer guided ways to implant thoughts into the children’s minds. As the child’s brain is shaped according to its environment, the level of everyday brain chemicals and the shape of the various areas of the brain can be determined by the programmers. This is why a recent article on Prozac (Newsweek, Feb. 7, 1994) uses a quote from Alice In Wonderland for its title, “One pill makes you larger, and one pill makes you small”. This article (on page 38) quotes brain researcher Restak, “For the first time, we will be in a position to design our own brain.” On the previous page in big letters it reads, “Scientific insights into the brain are raising the prospect of made-to-order, off-the-shelf personalities”.

Another programming modality assisted by drugs is behavior modification. Aversion therapy using a vomit-inducing drug is used on children. Another example of drugs helping assist programming is to give someone LSD and then interview the child while it is hallucinating. The hallucinations are then used as programming building blocks by using hypnotic techniques.

One way to build on an LSD trip is to tell the child if they ever do a particular thing (such as touch programming, remember programming, and integrate parts, etc.) the victim is to go crazy and hallucinate like they are presently doing. This means that they will be locked up in a crazy house for the rest of their life. Rather than be put in straight-jackets with other crazy people it would be better for the person to commit suicide. By constantly reinforcing this message, some alters will adopt the script “that they are doing the body good to kill it if any alter personality touches the programming”, because otherwise the body will
be locked up in a crazy house.

Drugs are used in programming to establish a pattern or a script. There must be a pattern of dissociation. Parts can’t just dissociate into nothing, otherwise there would be nothing to build on. Drugs will play a major role in the structuring of the alter system, which is covered in chapter 7.

The child doesn’t know where the effect of the drug is coming from. The programmer will take credit for the power of the drug. Whoever administers the drug has power in the child’s mind. The mind wants to be
safe.

I am familiar with a recent example here in Oregon of someone who escaped from being sacrificed at a Satanic Ritual. The legal system told the woman she was crazy when she reported to the police that she had escaped from a Satanic Ritual where they were going to sacrifice her. To control her, the judge ordered 3 types of antipsychotics, twice the normal dose of two kinds of lithium carbonate to put her into a lethargic stupor, Paxil as an antidepressant, and Benztropine mesylate as an anti-parkinsonian agent. The antipsychotics were Thiothixene, Thioridazine hydrochloride, and Perphenazine which are all addictive. This woman may or may not be a multiple. But this clearly shows the type of mental control via drugs that could be slapped onto someone who dares report Satanic activity to an establishment which has been sadly corrupted from top to bottom.

One victim of government mind control tried to get free. The first psychiatrist the person tried to go to was cooperating with U.S. Intelligence and gave her Stelazine, which aggravated the victim’s situation. When the victim spied a general’s uniform in the closet of this psychiatrist, she got another psychiatrist, who unfortunately turned out to be an ex-DoD employee. He placed her on Haldol Decanoate, Klonopin, and Benzatropine. The combined effect of these drugs is to erase memory, and create a dissociative disorder. All of the drugs were highly addicted. Another fleeing victim was given Trazodone by a physician who was cooperating with the Intelligence agencies. This almost gave the victim a heart attack because it aggravated her heart condition. And yet another escaping victim apparently also fell prey to dirty CIA doctors who were practicing in public without warning people of their intelligence connections. This victim was given a combination of Compazine and Xanax, in dosages that the Physicians Desk Reference warns against. The doctor, who prescribed this, worked out of an office named after an MK Ultra programmer. There are other important things to mention about when drugs are used in Monarch programming.

SOME OF THE CAUTIONS THAT
THE PROGRAMMERS ARE ALERT TO INCLUDE:

a. WATCHING THE HEART SO THAT IT DOESN’T STOP.

Many of the children who have been programmed have died from heart failure. The programmers are very careful to have heart monitors on the victim, and to have paddles ready to revive the body. Because so much of their drugging affects the heart, they accept that they will lose a few to heart failure.

b. MAKING SURE THAT DRUGS AREN’T GIVEN TO CHILDREN WHO ARE ALLERGIC TO
THEM.

The programmers take the time to insure that they have the family histories of allergies to drugs, and they will test the children too, before proceeding with drugs. They not oniy learn the family & individual responses to drugs, but they can test during programming to determine a drug’s blood level in a child. For instance, pentobarbital at a blood level of 5 mcg/ml aids hypnosis, at 15 makes the victim comatose with reflexes, and at 30 makes the person comatose w/ extreme difficulty in breathing. In everyday life, 30 mcg/ml would kill the child.

Pentobarbital blood levels can be tested by an enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique. For longer-acting Phenobarbital gas chromatography is used. TCA’s are tested by radioimmunoassay, high-perf. liquid chromatography and thin layer chromatography. Some hypnotics are tested by colorimetry, photometry and spectrophotometry.

c. SWITCHING TO HERBS WHEN THE BODY IS SATURATED WITH DRUGS.

When the child’s body has had all the manufactured drugs it can absorb, the programmers switch to a vast collection of natural herbs.

d. PROVIDING THE ANTIDOTE FOR AIDS. Monarch Slaves are routinely given the antidote for AIDS and have been since the 1960s-1970s.

e. KNOWING HOW MUCH OF A DRUG EACH PART CAN TAKE, SMALL YOUNG ALTER CAN’T TAKE AS MUCH.

Multiples within a single system have varying levels of tolerance toward drugs. A small child alter may be killed by an adult dosage, even though the age of the body is that of an adult. The programmers are acutely aware of how to deal with multiple personalities.

f. PROVIDING SALT TO BALANCE THE ELECTROLYTES IN THE MIND OF A PROGRAMMED MULTIPLE PERSONALITY.

An electrolyte imbalance can cause a multiple personality’s mind to go wacky and start spinning. The Multiple could possibly go into shock and die. The programmers are very experienced in understanding the unique requirements of a multiple personality.

g. AN IMPORTANT PLANT EXTRACT FOR WATCHING BRAIN WAVE ACTIVITY IS THE
LARGE PLANT ENZYME HORSERADISH PEROXIDASE (HRP).

Perhaps it would be worthwhile to briefly mention that all the major chemical and drug companies are run by the Illuminati. It would take a book to explain who controls what and how they connect in, and this author could write it. Instead, we will try to give a quick over view. Rather than cover 2 dozen large drug companies, three major drug companies have been randomly selected to show a quick view of how all the drug companies are deeply involved with Monarch mind-control programming. Since the purpose of this book is to show how the mind control is done–this sample of names is given only to convey to the reader that the drugs that the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies need are never in short supply. And the labs to develop designer drugs for mind-control are not in short supply either.

ELI LILLY CO.- Trustee of Eli Lilly Endowment Walter William Wilson – Illuminati, married to Helen Scudder (of the wealthy powerful Scudder family), prominent partner of Morgan, Stanley & Co. controlled by Henry Morgan also a member of the Illuminati. Executive Vice-pres. of Eli Lilly Landrum Bolling, represented Eli Lilly at the secret annual Dartmouth conferences, overseen by the Illuminati. Chairman of Eli Lilly Richard D. Wood, dir, of the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, Chemical Bank of NY, and the Amer. Enterprise Inst. for Public Policy Research. Dir. Eli Lilly C. William Verity, Jr., dir. Chase Manhattan Bank and assoc. with U.S. intelligence, and works with Mrs. Rockefeller as a member of USTEC. Dan Quayle and George Bush (CIA director and Monarch handler) have been part of Eli Lilly management too.

MANSANTO CHEMICAL COMPANY – President Earle H. Harbison, Jr.-CIA. and director of Bethesada General Hospital where they program Monarch slaves. He is also the president of the Mental Health Association.

STERLING DRUG CO. (an I.G. Farben spinoff) -connected to the Krupp Illuminati family. Chairman W. Clark Wescoe, dir of the super secret Tinker Foundation which is a CIA foundation. Dir. Gordon T. Wallis, Illuminati, dir, of the Fed. Reserve Bank of NY, CFR, Director Martha T. Muse, CIA, pres. of the Tinker Foundation, dir. of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem (Knights of Malta), and dir. of Georgetown Center for Strategic Studies


SUMMARY

As the reader can see, the use of drugs in the Monarch Trauma-based Mind Control is extensive and requires skilled technicians, nurses, and doctors. Because of the long-held control by the Illuminati families over narcotics and drug manufacture/sales, there is no difficulty for the programmers to get large quantities of secret designer drugs. The minor occult cults have to get by with a more limited supply of mind altering drugs, unless they directly connect in with the bigger picture. The power of drugs to control a person’s life is not absolute -although someone who lives with a cocaine addict or alcoholic might disagree – but when coupled with all the other methods in a sophisticated system of mind-control, drugs just further reinforce the absolute power of the Illuminati over an individual.

INVESTIGATORS EXPOSING THE HOLLYWOOD PEDOPHILE RINGS…

INVESTIGATORS EXPOSING THE HOLLYWOOD PEDOPHILE RINGS…
Investigating Journalist; John Connolly (contributor Vanity Fair, The Daily Beast

Child talent manager; Michael Harrah

Former Los Angeles Times reporter; Dawn Chmielewski

Co-Founder of BizParentz; Anne Henry

______________________________

EXPOSING PEDOPHILE NETWORKS:

TEENSTARS.BIZ.

TEENACTORS.COM

KIDSTARZ.

TVTEENS.NET.

>en

ROYAL STANDARD
_____________________________

PEDOPHILE – MARTY

PEDOPHILE – MARC COLLINS-RECTOR (Co-Founder of Digital Entertainment Network)

PEDOPHILE – CHAD

PEDOPHILE – BROCK PIERCE

PEDOPHILE – BOB JAMIESON (Photographer)

PEDOPHILE – BOB VILLARD (Photographer)

PEDOPHILE – BRYAN RYAN PECK (NICKELODEON)

PEDOPHILE – BRYAN SINGER

PEDOPHILE – STEPHEN SPIELBERG

PEDOPHILE –

SOCIALISM MEANING

SOCIALISM MEANING

noun

so·cial·ism | sō-shə-ˌli-zəm\

DEFINITION OF SOCIALISM =

1: any of various economic and political theories advocating collective or governmental ownership and administration of the means of production and distribution of goods

2: a system of society or group living in which there is no private property

b: a system or condition of society in which the means of production are owned and controlled by the state

3: a stage of society in Marxist theory transitional between capitalism and communism and distinguished by unequal distribution of goods and pay according to work done

Socialism vs. Social Democracy: Usage GuideCommunism, Socialism, Capitalism and Democracy Example Sentences Learn More about socialism

Socialism vs. Social Democracy: Usage Guide

In the many years since socialism entered English around 1830, it has acquired several different meanings. It refers to a system of social organization in which private property and the distribution of income are subject to social control, but the conception of that control has varied, and the term has been interpreted in widely diverging ways, ranging from statist to libertarian, from Marxist to liberal. In the modern era, “pure” socialism has been seen only rarely and usually briefly in a few Communist regimes. Far more common are systems of social democracy, now often referred to as democratic socialism, in which extensive state regulation, with limited state ownership, has been employed by democratically elected governments (as in Sweden and Denmark) in the belief that it produces a fair distribution of income without impairing economic growth.

 

Communism, Socialism, Capitalism and Democracy

Communism is one of our top all-time lookups, and user comments suggest that’s because it is often used in opaque ways. In some sources, communism is equated with socialism; in others, it is contrasted with democracy and capitalism. Part of this confusion stems from the fact that the word communism has been applied to varying political systems over time. When it was first used in English prose, communismreferred to an economic and political theory that advocated the abolition of private property and the common sharing of all resources among a group of people, and it was often used interchangeably with the word socialism by 19th-century writers. The differences between communism and socialism are still debated, but generally English speakers used communism to refer to the political and economic ideologies that find their origin in Karl Marx’s theory of revolutionary socialism, which advocates a proletariat overthrow of capitalist structures within a society, societal and communal ownership and governance of the means of production, and the eventual establishment of a classless society. The most well-known expression of Marx’s theories is the 20th-century Bolshevism of the U.S.S.R., in which the state, through a single authoritarian party, controls a society’s economy and social activities with the goal of realizing Marx’s theories.

Communism is often contrasted with capitalism and democracy, though these can be false equivalencies depending on the usage. Capitalism refers to an economic theory in which a society’s means of production are held by private individuals or organizations, not the government, and where prices, distribution of goods, and products are determined by a free market. It can be contrasted with the economic theories of communism, though the word communism is used of both political and economic theories. Democracyrefers to a system of government in which supreme power is vested in the people and exercised through a system of direct or indirect representation which is decided through periodic free elections. Democracy is contrasted with communism primarily because the 20th-century communism of the U.S.S.R. was characterized by an authoritarian government, whereas the democracy of the 20th-century U.S. was characterized by a representative government.

 

EXAMPLES OF SOCIALISM IN A SENTENCE

She is quite right, for example, to stress that Thatcher’s crusade against socialism was not merely about economic efficiency and prosperity but that above all, “it was that socialism itself—in all its incarnations, wherever and however it was applied—was morally corrupting”.— Stephen Pollard, New York Times Book Review, 18 Jan. 2009Lenin’s great genius, of course, was for ideology, which was redefined all too often to support the tactical requirements of the moment. But owing to his fanatical conviction of his own righteousness, especially where socialism was concerned, and also to the Promethean force of his will, his pronouncements were enshrined by his followers as universal truths.— Michael Scammell, New Republic, 20 Dec. 1999

 

Recent Examples on the Web

Today, when higher education tends to be far more inclusive of different populations, college strikes many people as socialism.— Chuck Thompson, Popular Mechanics, “The State of American Trade Schools,” 13 Mar. 2019From the 1940s, city policymakers and real estate agents found common ground, both campaigning against funding for public housing in urban areas, the former dismissing it as socialism, while the latter stood to lose profits.— Mychal Denzel Smith, The New Republic, “How America became over-policed,” 5 June 2018

These example sentences are selected automatically from various online news sources to reflect current usage of the word ‘socialism.’ Views expressed in the examples do not represent the opinion of Merriam-Webster or its editors. Send us feedback.

maxresdefault (1)248298_imagesocialism650x3901_XPK07h1CJc0_aFalZIfXSw1_zi25pBJzYyqKePsuV9EA1wsheep goatsmaxresdefault (2)Capture-1-673x0-c-defaultDSA-Featured-678x381images (4)tlc-09685275f54f82e9fcc0702fb0fd9db81e6f389aimages (6)

https://www.hoover.org/research/why-socialism-fails

 

images (3)

images (5)Socialism

 

SEE MORE:

First Known Use of socialism

1833, in the meaning defined at sense 1

Trending Words from Election 2016

Dictionary Entries near socialism

social insect

social insurance

socialise

socialism

socialist

Socialist labor

socialist realism

Statistics for socialism

1: A way of organizing a society in which major industries are owned and controlled by the government rather than by individual people and companies

See the full definition forsocialism in the English Language Learners Dictionary

SOCIALISM

noun

so·cial·ism\ˈsō-shə-ˌli-zəm\

Kids Definition ofsocialism

1: A social system or theory in which the government owns and controls the means of production (as factories) and distribution of goods

More from Merriam-Webster on socialism

Rhyming Dictionary: Words that rhyme with socialism

Thesaurus: All synonyms and antonyms for socialism

Spanish Central: Translation of socialism

English: Translation of socialism for Spanish Speakers

Britannica English: Translation of socialism for Arabic Speakers

Britannica.com: Encyclopedia

SOCIALISM
socialism/ˈsəʊʃəlɪz(ə)m/

noun

A political and economic theory of social organization which advocates that the means of production, distribution, and exchange should be owned or regulated by the community as a whole.

SYNONYMS:
Leftism, Fabianism, syndicalism, consumer socialism, utopian socialism, welfarism; More

Policy or practice based on the political and economic theory of socialism.

SYNONYMS:
leftism, Fabianism, syndicalism, consumer socialism, utopian socialism, welfarism; More

(in Marxist theory) a transitional social state between the overthrow of capitalism and the realization of Communism.

MASCULINE NAME:

1.
Doctrine of social organization, which intends to make prevail the general interest on the particular interests, by means of a concerted organization (opposed to liberalism).
Reform Socialism and Revolutionary Socialism.

2.
POLICY (VOCABULARY MARXIST)
Transitional phase between the disappearance of capitalism and the establishment of communism.

ABOUT SOCIALISM

Socialism is a range of
economic and social systems, characterised by social ownership of the means of production and workers’ self-management, as well as the political theories and movements associated with them. Social ownership can be public, collective or cooperative ownership, or citizen ownership of equity. There are many varieties of socialism and there is no single definition encapsulating all of them,
with social ownership being the common element shared by its various forms.

Socialist systems are divided into non-market and market forms. Non-market socialism involves the substitution of factor markets and money with engineering and technical criteria based on calculation performed in-kind, thereby producing an economic mechanism that functions according to different
economic laws from those of capitalism. Non-market socialism aims to circumvent the inefficiencies and crises
traditionally associated with
capital accumulation and the profit system. By contrast,
market socialism retains the use of monetary prices, factor markets and in some cases the profit motive, with respect to the operation of socially owned enterprises and the allocation of capital goods between them. Profits generated by these firms would be controlled directly by the workforce of each firm, or accrue to society at large in the form of a social dividend. The socialist calculation debate concerns the feasibility and methods of resource allocation for a socialist system.

Socialist politics has been both internationalist and nationalist in orientation; organised through political parties and opposed to party politics; at times overlapping with trade unions, and at other times independent and critical of unions; and present in both industrialised and developing nations.
Originating within the socialist movement, social democracyhas embraced a mixed economy with a market that includes substantial state intervention in the form of income redistribution, regulation, and a welfare state. Economic democracy proposes a sort of market socialism where there is more decentralized control of companies, currencies, investments, and natural resources.

The socialist political movementincludes a set of political philosophies that originated in the revolutionary movements of the mid-to-late 18th century and out of concern for the social problems that were associated with capitalism.
By the late 19th century, after the work of Karl Marx and his collaborator
Friedrich Engels, socialism had come to signify opposition to capitalism and advocacy for a post-capitalist system based on some form of social ownership of the means of production. By the 1920s,
social democracy
and communism had become the two dominant political tendencies within the international socialist movement. By this time, socialism emerged as “the most influential secular movement of the twentieth century, worldwide. It is a political ideology (or world view), a wide and divided political movement” and while the emergence of the Soviet Union as the world’s first nominally socialist state led to socialism’s widespread association with the Soviet economic model, some economists and intellectuals argued that in practice the model functioned as a form of state capitalism or a non-planned administrative or command economy. Socialist parties
and ideas remain a political force with varying degrees of power and influence on all continents, heading national governments in many countries around the world. Today, some socialists have also adopted the causes of other social movements, such as environmentalism,
feminism and progressivism.
In 21st century America,
the term socialism, without
clear definition, has become a pejorative used by
conservatives to taint liberal
and progressive policies,
proposals, and public figures.

ETYMOLOGY

of the twentieth century, worldwide. It is a political ideology (or world view), a wide and divided political movement”[33] and while the emergence of the Soviet Union as the world’s first nominally socialist state led to socialism’s widespread association with the Soviet economic model, some economists and intellectuals argued that in practice the model functioned as a form of state capitalism[34][35][36] or a non-planned administrative or command economy.[37][38] Socialist parties and ideas remain a political force with varying degrees of power and influence on all continents, heading national governments in many countries around the world. Today, some socialists have also adopted the causes of other social movements, such as environmentalism, feminism and progressivism.[39] In 21st century America, the term socialism, without clear definition, has become a pejorative used by conservatives to taint liberal and progressive policies, proposals, and public figures.[40]

Contents

Etymology

Utopian socialist pamphlet of Rudolf Sutermeister

For Andrew Vincent, “[t]he word ‘socialism’ finds its root in the Latin sociare, which means to combine or to share. The related, more technical term in Roman and then medieval law was societas. This latter word could mean companionship and fellowship as well as the more legalistic idea of a consensual contract between freemen”.[41]

The term “socialism” was created by Henri de Saint-Simon, one of the founders of what would later be labelled “utopian socialism”. Simon coined the term as a contrast to the liberal doctrine of “individualism”, which stressed that people act or should act as if they are in isolation from one another.[42] The original “utopian” socialists condemned liberal individualism for failing to address social concerns during the industrial revolution, including poverty, social oppression and gross inequalities in wealth, thus viewing liberal individualism as degenerating society into supporting selfish egoism that harmed community life through promoting a society based on competition.[42] They presented socialism as an alternative to liberal individualism based on the shared ownership of resources, although their proposals for socialism differed significantly. Saint-Simon proposed economic planning, scientific administration and the application of modern scientific advancements to the organisation of society. By contrast, Robert Owen proposed the organisation of production and ownership in cooperatives.[42][43]

The term “socialism” is also attributed to Pierre Leroux[44] and to Marie Roch Louis Reybaud in France; and in Britain to Robert Owen in 1827, father of the cooperative movement.[45][46]

The modern definition and usage of “socialism” settled by the 1860s, becoming the predominant term among the group of words “co-operative”, “mutualist” and “associationist”, which had previously been used as synonyms. The term “communism” also fell out of use during this period, despite earlier distinctions between socialism and communism from the 1840s.[47] An early distinction between socialism and communism was that the former aimed to only socialise production while the latter aimed to socialise both production and consumption (in the form of free access to final goods).[48] However, Marxists employed the term “socialism” in place of “communism” by 1888, which had come to be considered an old-fashion synonym for socialism. It was not until 1917 after the Bolshevik Revolution that “socialism” came to refer to a distinct stage between capitalism and communism, introduced by Vladimir Lenin as a means to defend the Bolshevik seizure of power against traditional Marxist criticisms that Russia’s productive forces were not sufficiently developed for socialist revolution.[49]

A distinction between “communist” and “socialist” as descriptors of political ideologies arose in 1918 after the Russian Social-Democratic Labour Party renamed itself to the All-Russian Communist Party, where communist came to specifically mean socialists who supported the politics and theories of Leninism, Bolshevism and later Marxism–Leninism,[50] although communist parties continued to describe themselves as socialists dedicated to socialism.[51]

The words “socialism” and “communism” eventually accorded with the adherents’ and opponents’ cultural attitude towards religion. In Christian Europe, communism was believed to be the atheist way of life. In Protestant England, the word “communism” was too culturally and aurally close to the Roman Catholic communion rite, hence English atheists denoted themselves socialists.[52] Friedrich Engels argued that in 1848, at the time when The Communist Manifesto was published, that “socialism was respectable on the continent, while communism was not”. The Owenites in England and the Fourieristsin France were considered “respectable” socialists, while working-class movements that “proclaimed the necessity of total social change” denoted themselves communists. This latter branch of socialism produced the communist work of Étienne Cabet in France and Wilhelm Weitling in Germany.[53] The British moral philosopher John Stuart Mill also came to advocate a form of economic socialism within a liberal context. In later editions of his Principles of Political Economy (1848), Mill would argue that “as far as economic theory was concerned, there is nothing in principle in economic theory that precludes an economic order based on socialist policies”. While democrats looked to the Revolutions of 1848 as a democratic revolution, which in the long run ensured liberty, equality and fraternity, Marxists denounced 1848 as a betrayal of working-class ideals by a bourgeoisie indifferent to the legitimate demands of the proletariat.

HISTORY

.

Main article: History of socialism

cs and a romantic anti-industrialism”[67] which produced theorists such as Edward Bellamy, Frederick Denison Maurice and Charles Kingsley.[74]

The first advocates of socialism favoured social levelling in order to create a meritocratic or technocratic society based on individual talent. Count Henri de Saint-Simon is regarded as the first individual to coin the term “socialism”.[75] Saint-Simon was fascinated by the enormous potential of science and technology and advocated a socialist society that would eliminate the disorderly aspects of capitalism and would be based on equal opportunities.[76][unreliable source?] He advocated the creation of a society in which each person was ranked according to his or her capacities and rewarded according to his or her work.[75] The key focus of Saint-Simon’s socialism was on administrative efficiency and industrialism and a belief that science was the key to progress.[77] This was accompanied by a desire to implement a rationally organised economy based on planning and geared towards large-scale scientific and material progress,[75] thus embodied a desire for a more directed or planned economy. Other early socialist thinkers, such as Thomas Hodgkin and Charles Hall, based their ideas on David Ricardo’s economic theories. They reasoned that the equilibrium value of commodities approximated prices charged by the producer when those commodities were in elastic supply and that these producer prices corresponded to the embodied labour—the cost of the labour (essentially the wages paid) that was required to produce the commodities. The Ricardian socialists viewed profit, interest and rent as deductions from this exchange-value.[citation needed]

West European social critics, including Robert Owen, Charles Fourier, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, Louis Blanc, Charles Hall, and Saint-Simon were the first modern socialists who criticised the excessive poverty and inequality of the Industrial Revolution. They advocated reform, with some such as Robert Owen advocating the transformation of society to small communities without private property. Robert Owen’s contribution to modern socialism was his understanding that actions and characteristics of individuals were largely determined by the social environment they were raised in and exposed to.[77]On the other hand, Charles Fourier advocated phalansteres which were communities that respected individual desires (including sexual preferences), affinities and creativity and saw that work has to be made enjoyable for people.[78] The ideas of Owen and Fourier were tried in practice in numerous intentional communities around Europe and the American continent in the mid-19th century.

Paris Commune

The celebration of the election of the Commune on 28 March 1871—the Paris Commune was a major early implementation of socialist ideas

The Paris Commune was a government that briefly ruled Paris from 18 March (more formally, from 28 March) to 28 May 1871. The Commune was the result of an uprising in Paris after France was defeated in the Franco-Prussian War. The Commune elections held on 26 March elected a Commune council of 92 members, one member for each 20,000 residents.[79] Despite internal differences, the council began to organise the public services essential for a city of two million residents. It also reached a consensus on certain policies that tended towards a progressive, secular and highly democratic social democracy.

Because the Commune was only able to meet on fewer than 60 days in all, only a few decrees were actually implemented. These included the separation of church and state; the remission of rents owed for the entire period of the siege (during which payment had been suspended); the abolition of night work in the hundreds of Paris bakeries; the granting of pensions to the unmarried companions and children of National Guards killed on active service; and the free return, by the city pawnshops, of all workmen’s tools and household items valued up to 20 francs, pledged during the siege.[80] The Commune was concerned that skilled workers had been forced to pawn their tools during the war; the postponement of commercial debt obligations and the abolition of interest on the debts; and the right of employees to take over and run an enterprise if it were deserted by its owner. The Commune nonetheless recognised the previous owner’s right to compensation.[80]

First International

Mikhail Bakunin speaking to members of the International Workingmen’s Association at the Basel Congress in 1869

The International Workingmen’s Association (IWA), often called the First International, was founded in London in 1864. The International Workingmen’s Association united diverse revolutionary currents including French followers of Proudhon,[81] Blanquists, Philadelphes, English trade unionists, socialists and social democrats. The IWA held a preliminary conference in 1865 and had its first congress at Geneva in 1866. Due to the wide variety of philosophies present in the First International, there was conflict from the start. The first objections to Marx came from the mutualists who opposed communism and statism. However, shortly after Mikhail Bakunin and his followers (called collectivists while in the International) joined in 1868, the First International became polarised into two camps headed by Marx and Bakunin respectively.[82] The clearest differences between the groups emerged over their proposed strategies for achieving their visions of socialism. The First International became the first major international forum for the promulgation of socialist ideas.

The followers of Bakunin were called collectivist anarchists and sought to collectivise ownership of the means of production while retaining payment proportional to the amount and kind of labour of each individual. Like Proudhonists, they asserted the right of each individual to the product of his labour and to be remunerated for their particular contribution to production. By contrast, anarcho-communists sought collective ownership of both the means and the products of labour. Errico Malatesta put it: “[I]nstead of running the risk of making a confusion in trying to distinguish what you and I each do, let us all work and put everything in common. In this way each will give to society all that his strength permits until enough is produced for every one; and each will take all that he needs, limiting his needs only in those things of which there is not yet plenty for every one”.[83] Anarcho-communism as a coherent, modern economic-political philosophy was first formulated in the Italian section of the First International by Carlo Cafiero, Emilio Covelli, Errico Malatesta, Andrea Costaand other ex Mazzinian republicans.[84] Out of respect for Mikhail Bakunin, they did not make their differences with collectivist anarchism explicit until after Bakunin’s death.[85]

Syndicalism emerged in France inspired in part by the ideas of Pierre-Joseph Proudhon and later by Fernand Pelloutier and Georges Sorel.[86] It developed at the end of the 19th century out of the French trade-union movement (syndicat is the French word for trade union). It was a significant force in Italy and Spain in the early 20th century until it was crushed by the fascist regimes in those countries. In the United States, syndicalism appeared in the guise of the Industrial Workers of the World, or “Wobblies”, founded in 1905.[86] Syndicalism is an economic system where industries are organised into confederations (syndicates)[87] and the economy is managed by negotiation between specialists and worker representatives of each field, comprising multiple non-competitive categorised units.[88] Syndicalism is thus a form of communism and economic corporatism, but also refers to the political movement and tactics used to bring about this type of system. An influential anarchist movement based on syndicalist ideas is anarcho-syndicalism.[89] The International Workers Association is an international anarcho-syndicalist federation of various labour unions from different countries.

The Fabian Society is a British socialist organisation which was established with the purpose of advancing the principles of socialism via gradualist and reformist means.[90] The society laid many of the foundations of the Labour Party and subsequently affected the policies of states emerging from the decolonisation of the British Empire, most notably India and Singapore. Originally, the Fabian Society was committed to the establishment of a socialist economy, alongside a commitment to British imperialism as a progressive and modernising force.[91] Today, the society functions primarily as a think tank and is one of fifteen socialist societies affiliated with the Labour Party. Similar societies exist in Australia (the Australian Fabian Society), in Canada (the Douglas-Coldwell Foundation and the now disbanded League for Social Reconstruction) and in New Zealand.

Guild socialism is a political movement advocating workers’ control of industry through the medium of trade-related guilds”in an implied contractual relationship with the public”.[92] It originated in the United Kingdom and was at its most influential in the first quarter of the 20th century. Inspired by medieval guilds, theorists such as Samuel G. Hobson and G. D. H. Coleadvocated the public ownership of industries and their organisation into guilds, each of which would be under the democratic control of its trade union. Guild socialists were less inclined than Fabians to invest power in a state.[86] At some point, like the American Knights of Labor, guild socialism wanted to abolish the wage system.[citation needed]

Second International

As the ideas of Marx and Engels took on flesh, particularly in central Europe, socialists sought to unite in an international organisation. In 1889 (the centennial of the French Revolution of 1789), the Second International was founded, with 384 delegates from twenty countries representing about 300 labour and socialist organisations.[93] It was termed the Socialist International and Engels was elected honorary president at the third congress in 1893. Anarchists were ejected and not allowed in, mainly due to pressure from Marxists.[94] It has been argued that at some point the Second International turned “into a battleground over the issue of libertarian versus authoritarian socialism. Not only did they effectively present themselves as champions of minority rights; they also provoked the German Marxists into demonstrating a dictatorial intolerance which was a factor in preventing the British labor movement from following the Marxist direction indicated by such leaders as H. M. Hyndman”.[94]

Reformism arose as an alternative to revolution. Eduard Bernstein was a leading social democrat in Germany who proposed the concept of evolutionary socialism. Revolutionary socialists quickly targeted reformism: Rosa Luxemburgcondemned Bernstein’s Evolutionary Socialism in her 1900 essay Social Reform or Revolution?. Revolutionary socialism encompasses multiple social and political movements that may define “revolution” differently from one another. The Social Democratic Party (SPD) in Germany became the largest and most powerful socialist party in Europe, despite working illegally until the anti-socialist laws were dropped in 1890. In the 1893 elections, it gained 1,787,000 votes, a quarter of the total votes cast, according to Engels. In 1895, the year of his death, Engels emphasised the Communist Manifesto’s emphasis on winning, as a first step, the “battle of democracy”.[95]

Early 20th century

Main articles: History of anarchism § 20th century, Russian Revolution, German Revolution, Biennio Rosso, and Spanish Revolution of 1936

Antonio Gramsci, member of the Italian Socialist Party and later leader and theorist of the Communist Party of Italy

In Argentina the Socialist Party of Argentina was established in the 1890s led by, among others, Juan B. Justo and Nicolás Repetto, thus becoming the first mass party in the country and in Latin America. The party affiliated itself with the Second International.[96] Between 1924 and 1940 it was a member of the Labour and Socialist International.[97] In 1904, Australians elected Chris Watson as the first Australian Labor Party Prime Minister, becoming the first democratically elected social democrat. In 1909, the first Kibbutz was established in Palestine[98] by Russian Jewish Immigrants. The Kibbutz Movement would then expand through the 20th century following a doctrine of Zionist socialism.[99] The British Labour Party first won seats in the House of Commons in 1902. The International Socialist Commission (ISC, also known as Berne International) was formed in February 1919 at a meeting in Bern by parties that wanted to resurrect the Second International.[100]

By 1917, the patriotism of World War I changed into political radicalism in most of Europe, the United States and Australia. Other socialist parties from around the world who were beginning to gain importance in their national politics in the early 20th century included the Italian Socialist Party, the French Section of the Workers’ International, the Spanish Socialist Workers’ Party, the Swedish Social Democratic Party, the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party, the Socialist Party of America in the United States, the Argentinian Socialist Party and the Chilean Partido Obrero Socialista.

Russian Revolution

Main article: Russian Revolution

In February 1917, revolution exploded in Russia. Workers, soldiers and peasants established soviets (councils), the monarchy fell and a provisional government convoked pending the election of a constituent assembly. In April of that year, Vladimir Lenin, leader of the Bolshevik faction of socialists in Russia and known for his profound and controversial expansions of Marxism, was allowed to cross Germany to return to his country from exile in Switzerland.

Lenin had published essays on his analysis of imperialism, the monopoly and globalisation phase of capitalism as predicted by Marx, as well as analyses on the social conditions of his contemporary time. He observed that as capitalism had further developed in Europe and America, the workers remained unable to gain class consciousness so long as they were too busy working and concerned with how to make ends meet. He therefore proposed that the social revolution would require the leadership of a vanguard party of class-conscious revolutionaries from the educated and politically active part of the population.[101]

Upon arriving in Petrograd, Lenin declared that the revolution in Russia was not over but had only begun, and that the next step was for the workers’ soviets to take full state authority. He issued a thesis outlining the Bolshevik’s party programme, including rejection of any legitimacy in the provisional government and advocacy for state power to be given to the peasant and working class through the soviets. The Bolsheviks became the most influential force in the soviets and on 7 November the capitol of the provisional government was stormed by Bolshevik Red Guards in what afterwards known as the “Great October Socialist Revolution”. The rule of the provisional government was ended and the Russian Socialist Federative Soviet Republic—the world’s first constitutionally socialist state—was established. On 25 January 1918 at the Petrograd Soviet, Lenin declared “Long live the world socialist revolution!”[102] and proposed an immediate armistice on all fronts and transferred the land of the landed proprietors, the crown and the monasteries to the peasant committees without compensation.[103]

The day after assuming executive power on 25 January, Lenin wrote Draft Regulations on Workers’ Control, which granted workers control of businesses with more than five workers and office employees and access to all books, documents and stocks and whose decisions were to be “binding upon the owners of the enterprises”.[104] Governing through the elected soviets and in alliance with the peasant-based Left Socialist-Revolutionaries, the Bolshevik government began nationalising banks and industry; and disavowed the national debts of the deposed Romanov royal régime. It sued for peace, withdrawing from World War I and convoked a Constituent Assembly in which the peasant Socialist-Revolutionary Party(SR) won a majority.[105]

The Constituent Assembly elected Socialist-Revolutionary leader Victor Chernov President of a Russian republic, but rejected the Bolshevik proposal that it endorse the Soviet decrees on land, peace and workers’ control and acknowledge the power of the Soviets of Workers’, Soldiers’ and Peasants’ Deputies. The next day, the Bolsheviks declared that the assembly was elected on outdated party lists[106] and the All-Russian Central Executive Committee of the Soviets dissolved it.[107][108]In March 1919, world communist parties formed Comintern (also known as the Third International) at a meeting in Moscow.[109]

International Working Union of Socialist Parties

Main article: International Working Union of Socialist Parties

Parties which did not want to be a part of the resurrected Second International (ISC) or Comintern formed the International Working Union of Socialist Parties (IWUSP, also known as Vienna International/Vienna Union/Two-and-a-Half International) on 27 February 1921 at a conference in Vienna.[110] The ISC and the IWUSP joined to form the Labour and Socialist International (LSI) in May 1923 at a meeting in Hamburg[111] Left-wing groups which did not agree to the centralisation and abandonment of the soviets by the Bolshevik Party led left-wing uprisings against the Bolsheviks—such groups included Socialist Revolutionaries,[112] Left Socialist Revolutionaries, Mensheviks and anarchists.[113]

Within this left-wing discontent, the most large-scale events were the worker’s Kronstadt rebellion[114][115][116] and the anarchist led Revolutionary Insurrectionary Army of Ukraine uprising which controlled an area known as the Free Territory.[117][118][119]

Third International

Main article: Communist International

The Bolshevik Russian Revolution of January 1918 engendered communist parties worldwide and their concomitant revolutions of 1917–1923. Few communists doubted that the Russian success of socialism depended on successful, working-class socialist revolutions in developed capitalist countries.[120][121] In 1919, Lenin and Trotsky organised the world’s communist parties into a new international association of workers—the Communist International (Comintern), also called the Third International.

The Russian Revolution also influenced uprisings in other countries around this time. The German Revolution of 1918–1919 resulted in the replacing Germany’s imperial government with a republic. The revolutionary period lasted from November 1918 until the formal establishment of the Weimar Republic in August 1919 and included an episode known as the Bavarian Soviet Republic[122][123][124][125] and the Spartacist uprising. In Italy, the events known as the Biennio Rosso[126][127] were characterised by mass strikes, worker manifestations and self-management experiments through land and factory occupations. In Turin and Milan, workers’ councils were formed and many factory occupations took place led by anarcho-syndicalists organised around the Unione Sindacale Italiana.[128]

By 1920, the Red Army under its commander Trotsky had largely defeated the royalist White Armies. In 1921, War Communism was ended and under the New Economic Policy (NEP) private ownership was allowed for small and medium peasant enterprises. While industry remained largely state-controlled, Lenin acknowledged that the NEP was a necessary capitalist measure for a country unripe for socialism. Profiteering returned in the form of “NEP men” and rich peasants (kulaks) gained power in the countryside.[129] Nevertheless, the role of Trotsky in this episode has been questioned by other socialists, including ex Trotskyists. In the United States, Dwight Macdonald broke with Trotsky and left the Trotskyist Socialist Workers Party by raising the question of the Kronstadt rebellion, which Trotsky as leader of the Soviet Red Armyand the other Bolsheviks had brutally repressed. He then moved towards democratic socialism and anarchism.

A similar critique of Trotsky’s role on the events around the Kronstadt rebellion was raised by the American anarchist Emma Goldman. In her essay “Trotsky Protests Too Much”, she says: “I admit, the dictatorship under Stalin’s rule has become monstrous. That does not, however, lessen the guilt of Leon Trotsky as one of the actors in the revolutionary drama of which Kronstadt was one of the bloodiest scenes”.

Rosa Luxemburg, prominent Marxist revolutionary, leader of the Social Democratic Party of Germany and martyr and leader of the German
Spartacist uprising in 1919.

FOURTH CONGRESS

Working Union of Socialist Parties (IWUSP, also known as Vienna International/Vienna Union/Two-and-a-Half International) on 27 February 1921 at a conference in Vienna. The ISC and the IWUSP joined to form the Labour and Socialist International (LSI) in May 1923 at a meeting in Hamburg Left-wing groups which did not agree to the centralisation and abandonment of the soviets by the Bolshevik Party led left-wing uprisings against the Bolsheviks—such groups included Socialist Revolutionaries, Left Socialist Revolutionaries, Mensheviks and anarchists.

Within this left-wing discontent, the most large-scale events were the worker’s Kronstadt rebellion and the anarchist led Revolutionary Insurrectionary Army of Ukraine uprising which controlled an area known as the Free Territory.

THIRD INTERNATIONAL

(Main article: Communist International)

The Bolshevik Russian Revolution of January 1918 engendered communist parties worldwide and their concomitant revolutions of 1917–1923. Few communists doubted that the Russian success of socialism depended on successful, working-class socialist revolutions in developed capitalist countries. In 1919, Lenin and Trotsky organised the world’s communist parties into a new international association of workers—the Communist International (Comintern), also called the Third International.

The Russian Revolution also influenced uprisings in other countries around this time. The German Revolution of 1918–1919 resulted in the replacing Germany’s imperial government with a republic. The revolutionary period lasted from November 1918 until the formal establishment of the Weimar Republic in August 1919 and included an episode known as the
Bavarian Soviet Republic
and the Spartacist uprising. In Italy, the events known as the Biennio Rosso were characterised by mass strikes, worker manifestations and self-management experiments through land and factory occupations. In Turin and Milan, workers’ councils were formed and many factory occupations took place led by anarcho-syndicalists
organised around the Unione Sindacale Italiana.

By 1920, the Red Army under its commander Trotsky had largely defeated the royalist White Armies. In 1921, War Communism was ended and under the New Economic Policy (NEP) private ownership was allowed for small and medium peasant enterprises. While industry remained largely state-controlled, Lenin acknowledged that the NEP was a necessary capitalist measure for a country unripe for socialism. Profiteering returned in the form of “NEP men” and rich peasants (kulaks) gained power in the countryside. Nevertheless, the role of Trotsky in this episode has been questioned by other socialists, including ex Trotskyists. In the United States, Dwight Macdonald
broke with Trotsky and left the Trotskyist Socialist Workers Party by raising the question of the Kronstadt rebellion, which Trotsky as leader of the Soviet Red Armyand the other Bolsheviks had brutally repressed. He then moved towards
democratic socialism and
anarchism.

A similar critique of Trotsky’s role on the events around the Kronstadt rebellion was raised by the American anarchist Emma Goldman. In her essay “Trotsky Protests Too Much”, she says: “I admit, the dictatorship under Stalin’s rule has become monstrous. That does not, however, lessen the guilt of Leon Trotsky as one of the actors in the revolutionary drama of which Kronstadt was one of the bloodiest scenes”.

Rosa Luxemburg, prominent Marxist revolutionary, leader of the Social Democratic Party of Germany and martyr and leader of the German
Spartacist uprising in 1919.

FOURTH CONGRESS

In 1922, the fourth congress of the Communist International took up the policy of the United Front, urging communists to work with rank and file Social Democrats while remaining critical of their leaders, whom they criticised for betraying the working class by supporting the war efforts of their respective capitalist classes. For their part, the social democrats pointed to the dislocation caused by revolution and later the growing authoritarianism of the communist parties. When the Communist Party of Great Britain applied to affiliate to the Labour Party in 1920, it was turned down.

On seeing the Soviet State’s growing coercive power in 1923, a dying Lenin said Russia had reverted to “a bourgeois tsarist machine… barely varnished with socialism”. After Lenin’s death in January 1924, the Communist Party of the Soviet Union—then increasingly under the control of Joseph Stalin—rejected the theory that socialism could not be built solely in the Soviet Union in favour of the concept of “Socialism in One Country”. Despite the marginalised Left Opposition’s demand for the restoration of Soviet democracy, Stalin developed a bureaucratic, authoritarian
government that was condemned by democratic socialists, anarchists and Trotskyists for undermining the initial socialist ideals of the Bolshevik Russian Revolution.

In 1924, the Mongolian People’s Republic was established and was ruled by the Mongolian People’s Party. The Russian Revolution and the appearance of the Soviet State motivated a worldwide current of national communist parties which ended having varying levels of political and social influence. Among these there appeared the Communist Party of France, the
Communist Party USA, the Italian Communist Party, the Chinese Communist Party, the Mexican Communist Party, the
Brazilian Communist Party, the Chilean Communist Party and the Communist Party of Indonesia.

SPANISH CIVIL WAR

(Main article: Spanish Civil War)

Anarcha-feminist militia during the Spanish Revolution in 1936

In Spain in 1936, the national anarcho-syndicalist
trade union Confederación Nacional del Trabajo (CNT) initially refused to join a popular front electoral alliance and abstention by CNT supporters led to a right-wing election victory.
In 1936, the CNT changed its policy and anarchist votes helped bring the popular front back to power. Months later, the former ruling class responded with an attempted coup, sparking the Spanish Civil War (1936–1939).

In response to the army rebellion, an anarchist-inspired movement of peasants and workers, supported by armed militias, took control of Barcelona and of large areas of rural Spain where they collectivised the land. The events known as the Spanish Revolution was a workers’ social revolution
that began during the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War in 1936 and resulted in the widespread implementation of anarchist
and more broadly libertarian socialist organisational principles throughout various portions of the country for two to three years, primarily Catalonia, Aragon, Andalusia and parts of Levante.

Much of Spain’s economy was put under worker control and in anarchist strongholds like Catalonia the figure was as high as 75%, but lower in areas with heavy Communist Party of Spain influence, as the Soviet-allied party actively resisted attempts at collectivisation enactment. Factories were run through worker committees,
agrarian areas became collectivised and run as libertarian communes. Anarchist historian Sam Dolgoff estimated that about eight million people participated directly or indirectly in the Spanish Revolution.

MID-20TH CENTURY

Further information: History of the People’s Republic of China (1949–76),
Decolonization § Decolonization after 1945, Eastern Bloc, and
History of anarchism § Post-war years

POST-WORLD WAR II

Leon Trotsky’s Fourth International was established in France in 1938 when
Trotskyists argued that the Comintern or Third International had become irretrievably “lost to
Stalinism” and thus incapable of leading the international working class to political power. The rise of Nazism and the start of World War II led to the dissolution of the LSI in 1940. After the War, the Socialist International was formed in Frankfurt in July 1951 as a successor to the LSI.

After World War II, social democratic governments introduced social reform and wealth redistribution via state welfare and taxation. Social democratic parties dominated post-war politics in countries such as France, Italy, Czechoslovakia, Belgium and Norway. At one point, France claimed to be the world’s most state-controlled capitalist country. The nationalised public utilities included Charbonnages de France (CDF), Electricité de France (EDF), Gaz de France (GDF), Air France, Banque de France and Régie Nationale des Usines Renault.

In 1945, the British Labour Party led by Clement Attlee was elected to office based on a radical socialist programme. The Labour government nationalised major public utilities such as mines, gas, coal, electricity, rail, iron, steel and the Bank of England. British Petroleum was officially nationalised in 1951. Anthony Crosland said that in 1956 25% of British industry was nationalised and that public employees, including those in nationalised industries, constituted a similar proportion of the country’s total employed population.
The Labour Governments of 1964–1970 and 1974–1979 intervened further. It re-nationalised steel (1967, British Steel) after the Conservatives had denationalised it and nationalised car production (1976, British Leyland).
The National Health Service provided taxpayer-funded health care to everyone, free at the point of service. Working-class housing was provided in council housing estates and university education became available via a school grant system.

SOVIET UNION & EASTERN EUROPE

(Main article: History of the Soviet Union)

The Soviet Union played a decisive role in the Allied
victory in World War II. After the war, the Soviet Union became a recognised superpower. The Soviet era saw some of the most significant technological achievements of the 20th
century, including the world’s first spacecraft and the first astronaut. The Soviet economy was the modern world’s first centrally planned economy. It was based on a system of state ownership of industry managed through
Gosplan (the State Planning Commission), Gosbank (the State Bank) and the Gossnab
(State Commission for Materials and Equipment Supply).

Economic planning was conducted through a series of Five-Year Plans. The emphasis was on fast development of heavy industry and the nation became one of the world’s top manufacturers of a large number of basic and heavy industrial products, but it lagged in light industrial production and consumer durables. Modernization brought about a general increase in the standard of living.

The Eastern Bloc was the group of former Communist states of Central and Eastern Europe, generally the Soviet Union and the countries of the Warsaw Pact which included the People’s Republic of Poland, the German Democratic Republic, the People’s Republic of Hungary, the People’s Republic of Bulgaria, the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic, the Socialist Republic of Romania, the People’s Socialist Republic of Albania and the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia. The Hungarian Revolution of 1956 was a spontaneous nationwide revolt against the government of the People’s Republic of Hungary and its Soviet-imposed policies, lasting from 23 October until 10 November 1956. Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev’s denunciation of the excesses of Stalin’s regime during the Twentieth Party Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union on 1956 as well as the revolt in Hungary, produced ideological fractures and disagreements within the communist and socialist parties of Western Europe.

THIRD WORLD

In the post-war years, socialism became increasingly influential throughout the so-called Third World. Embracing a new Third World socialism, countries in Africa, Asia and Latin America often nationalised industries held by foreign owners. The Chinese Kuomintang Party, the previous ruling party in Taiwan, was referred to as having a socialist ideology since Kuomintang’s revolutionary ideology in the 1920s incorporated unique Chinese socialism as part of its ideology. The Soviet Union trained Kuomintang revolutionaries in the Moscow Sun Yat-sen University. Movie theatres in the Soviet Union showed newsreels and clips of Chiang at Moscow Sun Yat-sen University portraits of Chiang were hung on the walls and in the Soviet May Day parades that year Chiang’s portrait was to be carried along with the portraits of Marx, Lenin, Stalin and other socialist leaders.

The Chinese Revolution was the second stage in the Chinese Civil War which ended in the establishment of the People’s Republic of China led by the Chinese Communist Party. The term “Third World” was coined by French demographer Alfred Sauvy in 1952 on the model of the Third Estate, which according to the Abbé Sieyès represented everything, but was nothing “because at the end this ignored, exploited, scorned Third World like the Third Estate, wants to become something too”.

The emergence of this new political entity in the frame of the Cold War was complex and painful. Several tentatives were made to organise newly independent states in order to oppose a common front towards both the United States’ and the Soviet Union’s influence on them, with the consequences of the Sino-Soviet split
already at works. The Non-Aligned Movement. constituted itself around the main figures of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru of India, President
Sukarno of Indonesia, leader Josip Broz Tito of Yugoslavia and Gamal Abdel Nasser of Egypt who successfully opposed the French and British imperial powers during the 1956 Suez crisis. After the 1954 Geneva Conference which ended the French war against Ho Chi Minh in Vietnam, the 1955
Bandung Conference
gathered Nasser, Nehru, Tito, Sukarno and Zhou
Enlai, Premier of the People’s Republic of China.

As many African countries gained independence during the 1960s, some of them rejected capitalism in favour of a more afrocentric
economic model. The main architects of African socialism were Julius
*Nyerere* of Tanzania,
Léopold Senghor of Senegal,
Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana
and Sékou Touré of Guinea.

The Cuban Revolution (1953–1959) was an armed revolt conducted by Fidel Castro’s 26th of July Movement and its allies against the government of Cuban President Fulgencio Batista. The revolution began in July 1953 and finally ousted Batista on 1 January 1959, replacing his government with Castro’s revolutionary state. Castro’s government later reformed along communist lines, becoming the Communist Party of Cuba in October 1965.

In Indonesia, a right-wing military regime led by Suharto killed between 500,000 and one million people in 1965 and 1966, mainly to crush the growing influence of the Communist Party of Indonesia and other leftist sectors, with support from the United States government, which provided kill lists containing thousands of names of suspected high-ranking Communists.

NEW LEFT

(Main article: New Left)

The New Left was a term used mainly in the United Kingdom and United States in reference to activists, educators, agitators and others in the 1960s and 1970s who sought to implement a broad range of reforms on issues such as gay rights, abortion, gender roles and drugs in contrast to earlier leftist or Marxist movements that had taken a more vanguardist approach
to social justice and focused mostly on labour unionisation and questions of social class. The New Left rejected involvement with the labour movement and
Marxism’s historical theory of class struggle.

In the United States, the New Left was associated with the Hippie movement and anti-war college campus protest movements as well as the black liberation movements such as the Black Panther Party. While initially formed in opposition to the “Old Left” Democratic Party, groups composing the New Left gradually became central players in the Democratic coalition.

PROTESTS OF 1968

Main article: Protests of 1968

The protests of 1968 represented a worldwide escalation of social conflicts, predominantly characterised by popular rebellions against military, capitalist and bureaucratic elites who responded with an escalation of political repression. These protests marked a turning point for the civil rights movement in the United States, which produced revolutionary movements like the Black Panther Party; the prominent civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr. organised the “Poor People’s Campaign” to address issues of economic justice, while personally showing sympathy with democratic socialism. In reaction to the Tet Offensive, protests also sparked a broad movement in opposition to the Vietnam Warall over the United States and even into London, Paris, Berlin and Rome. In 1968 in Carrara, Italy, the International of
Anarchist Federations was founded during an international anarchist conference held there by the three existing European federations of France, the Italian and the Iberian Anarchist Federation as well as the Bulgarian federation in French exile.

Mass socialist or communist movements grew not only in the United States, but also in most European countries. The most spectacular manifestation of this were the May 1968 protests in France in which students linked up with strikes of up to ten million workers and for a few days the movement seemed capable of overthrowing the government.

In many other capitalist countries, struggles against dictatorships, state repression and colonisation were also marked by protests in 1968, such as the beginning of the Troubles in Northern Ireland, the
Tlatelolco massacre in Mexico City and the escalation of guerrilla warfare against the military dictatorship in Brazil. Countries governed by communist parties had protests against bureaucratic and military elites. In Eastern Europe there were widespread protests that escalated particularly in the Prague Spring in Czechoslovakia. In response, Soviet Union occupied Czechoslovakia, but the occupation was denounced by the Italian and French
communist parties and the Communist Party of Finland. Few western European political leaders defended the occupation, among them the Portuguese communist secretary-general Álvaro Cunhal. Along with the Luxembourg party and conservative factions of the Communist Party of Greece.

In the Chinese Cultural Revolution, a social-political youth movement mobilised against “bourgeois” elements which were seen to be infiltrating the government and society at large, aiming to restore capitalism. This movement motivated
Maoism-inspired movements around the world in the context of the Sino-Soviet split.

LATE 20TH CENTURY

Main articles:
Eurocommunism, Nicaraguan Revolution, Dissolution of the Soviet Union, History of the People’s Republic of China (1976–89), Third Way, and History of anarchism § Late 20th century

Salvador Allende, President of Chile and member of the Socialist Party of Chile, whose presidency and life was ended by a CIA-backed military coup.

In Latin America in the 1960s, a socialist tendency within the catholic church appeared which was called liberation theology
which motivated even the Colombian priest Camilo Torres to enter the ELN
guerrilla. In Chile, Salvador
Allende, a physician and candidate for the Socialist Party of Chile, was elected president through democratic elections in 1970. In 1973, his government was ousted by the United States-backed military dictatorship of
Augusto Pinochet, which lasted until the late 1980s.
Pinochet’s regime was a leader of Operation Condor, a U.S.-backed campaign of repression and state terrorism carried out by the intelligence services of the Southern Cone countries of Latin America to eliminate suspected Communist subversion. In Jamaica, the democratic socialist
Michael Manleyserved as the fourth Prime Minister of Jamaica from 1972 to 1980 and from 1989 to 1992. According to opinion polls, he remains one of Jamaica’s most popular Prime Ministers since independence.
The Nicaraguan Revolution
encompassed the rising opposition to the Somoza
dictatorship in the 1960s and 1970s, the campaign led by the Sandinista National Liberation Front (FSLN) to violently oust the dictatorship in 1978–1979, the subsequent efforts of the FSLN to govern Nicaragua from 1979 until 1990 and the socialist measures which included widescale agrarian reform and educational programs. The People’s Revolutionary Government
was proclaimed on 13 March 1979 in Grenada which was
overthrown by armed forces of the United States in 1983. The Salvadoran Civil War
(1979–1992) was a conflict between the military-led government of El Salvador
and the Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front
(FMLN), a coalition or umbrella organisation of five socialist guerrilla groups. A coup on 15 October 1979 led to the killings of anti-coup protesters by the government as well as anti-disorder protesters by the guerillas, and is widely seen as the tipping point towards the civil war.

In Italy, Autonomia Operaia
was a leftist movement particularly active from 1976 to 1978. It took an important role in the autonomist
movement in the 1970s, aside earlier organisations such as Potere Operaio
(created after May 1968) and Lotta Continua. This experience prompted the contemporary socialist radical movement
autonomism. In 1982, the newly elected French socialist government of François Mitterrand made nationalisations in a few key industries, including banks and insurance companies.[196] Eurocommunism was a trend in the 1970s and 1980s in various Western European communist parties to develop a theory and practice of social transformation that was more relevant for a Western European country and less aligned to the influence or control of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. Outside Western Europe, it is sometimes called neocommunism.[197] Some communist parties with strong popular support, notably the Italian Communist Party (PCI) and the Communist Party of Spain (PCE) adopted Eurocommunism most enthusiastically and the Communist Party of Finland was dominated by Eurocommunists. The French Communist Party (PCF) and many smaller parties strongly opposed Eurocommunism and stayed aligned with the Communist Party of the Soviet Union until the end of the Soviet Union.

In the late 1970s and in the 1980s, the Socialist International (SI) had extensive contacts and discussion with the two powers of the Cold War, the United States and the Soviet Union, about East-West relations and arms control. Since then, the SI has admitted as member parties the Nicaraguan FSLN, the left-wing Puerto Rican Independence Party, as well as former communist parties such as the Democratic Party of the Left of Italy and the
Front for the Liberation of Mozambique (FRELIMO). The SI aided social democratic parties in re-establishing themselves when dictatorship gave way to democracy in Portugal (1974) and Spain (1975). Until its 1976 Geneva Congress, the SI had few members outside Europe and no formal involvement with Latin America.

Mikhail Gorbachev, General Secretary of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union
from 1985 until 1991

After Mao’s death in 1976 and the arrest of the faction known as the Gang of Four, who were blamed for the excesses of the Cultural Revolution, Deng Xiaoping
took power and led the People’s Republic of China to significant economic reforms. The Communist Party of China loosened governmental control over citizens’ personal lives and the communes were disbanded in favour of private land leases, thus China’s transition from a planned economy to a mixed economy named as “socialism with Chinese characteristics” which maintained state ownership rights over land, state or cooperative ownership of much of the heavy industrial and manufacturing sectors and state influence in the banking and financial sectors. China adopted its current constitution on 4 December 1982. President
Jiang Zemin and Premier Zhu Rongji led the nation in the 1990s. Under their administration, China’s economic performance pulled an estimated 150 million peasants out of poverty and sustained an average annual gross domestic product growth rate of 11.2%. At the Sixth National Congress of the Communist Party of Vietnam in December 1986, reformist politicians replaced the “old guard” government with new leadership. The reformers were led by 71-year-old Nguyen Van Linh, who became the party’s new general secretary. Linh and the reformers implemented a series of free market reforms—known as Đổi Mới
(“Renovation”)—which carefully managed the transition from a planned economy to a “socialist-oriented market economy”.
Mikhail Gorbachev wished
to move the Soviet Union towards of Nordic-style social democracy, calling it “a socialist beacon for all mankind”. Prior to its dissolution in 1991, the Soviet Union had the second largest economy in the world after the United States. With the collapse of the Soviet Union, the economic integration of the Soviet republics was dissolved and overall industrial activity declined substantially. A lasting legacy remains in the physical infrastructure created during decades of combined industrial production practices, and widespread environmental destruction. The transition to capitalism in the former Soviet Union and Eastern bloc, which was accompanied by Washington Consensus-inspired “shock therapy”, resulted in a steep fall in the standard of living. The region experienced rising economic inequality and poverty a surge in excess mortality and a decline in life expectancy, which was
accompanied by the entrenchment of a newly established business oligarchy in the former. The average post-communist country had returned to 1989 levels of per-capita GDP by 2005, although some are still far behind that. These developments led to increased nationalist sentiment and nostalgia for the Communist era.

Many social democratic parties, particularly after the Cold War, adopted neoliberal
market policies including
privatisation, deregulation
and financialisation. They abandoned their pursuit of moderate socialism in favour of market liberalism. By the 1980s, with the rise of conservative neoliberal politicians such as Ronald Reagan in the United States, Margaret Thatcher in Britain, Brian Mulroney in Canada and Augusto Pinochet in Chile, the Western welfare state was attacked from within, but state support for the corporate sector was maintained. Monetarists and neoliberals attacked social welfare systems as impediments to private entrepreneurship. In the United Kingdom, Labour Party leader Neil Kinnock
made a public attack against the entryist group Militant
at the 1985 Labour Party conference. The Labour Party ruled that Militant was ineligible for affiliation with the Labour Party, and the party gradually expelled Militant supporters. The Kinnock leadership had refused to support the 1984–1985 miner’s strike over pit closures, a decision that the party’s left wing and the National Union of Mineworkers blamed for the strike’s eventual defeat. In 1989 at Stockholm, the 18th Congress of the Socialist International adopted a new Declaration of Principles, saying:

Democratic socialism is an international movement for freedom, social justice, and solidarity. Its goal is to achieve a peaceful world where these basic values can be enhanced and where each individual can live a meaningful life with the full development of his or her personality and talents, and with the guarantee of human and civil rights in a democratic framework of society.

In the 1990s, the British Labour Party under Tony Blair enacted policies based on the free market economy to deliver public services via the private finance initiative. Influential in these policies was the idea of a “Third Way” which called for a re-evalutation of welfare state policies. In 1995, the Labour Party re-defined its stance on socialism by re-wording Clause IV of its constitution, effectively rejecting socialism by removing all references to public, direct worker or municipal ownership of the means of production. The Labour Party stated: “The Labour Party is a democratic socialist party. It believes that, by the strength of our common endeavour we achieve more than we achieve alone, so as to create, for each of us, the means to realise our true potential, and, for all of us, a community in which power, wealth, and opportunity are in the hands of the many, not the few”.

Contemporary socialist politics

Kwame Nkrumah, the first
President of Ghana and theorist of African socialism, on a Soviet Union commemorative postage stamp

AFRICA

African socialism has been and continues to be a major ideology around the continent. Julius Nyerere was inspired by Fabian socialist ideals. He was a firm believer in rural Africans and their traditions and ujamaa, a system of collectivisation that according to Nyerere was present before European imperialism. Essentially he believed Africans were already socialists. Other African socialists include
Jomo Kenyatta, Kenneth
Kaunda, Nelson Mandela
and Kwame Nkrumah.
Fela Kuti was inspired by socialism and called for a democratic African republic. In South Africa the African National Congress (ANC) abandoned its partial socialist allegiances after taking power and followed a standard neoliberal route. From 2005 through to 2007, the country was wracked by many thousands of protests from poor communities. One of these gave rise to a mass movement of shack dwellers, Abahlali base Mjondolo that despite major police suppression continues to work for popular people’s planning and against the creation of a market economy in land and housing.

Asia

Africa

African socialism has been and continues to be a major ideology around the continent. Julius Nyerere was inspired by Fabian socialist ideals.[225] He was a firm believer in rural Africans and their traditions and ujamaa, a system of collectivisation that according to Nyerere was present before European imperialism. Essentially he believed Africans were already socialists. Other African socialists include Jomo Kenyatta, Kenneth Kaunda, Nelson Mandela and Kwame Nkrumah. Fela Kuti was inspired by socialism and called for a democratic African republic. In South Africa the African National Congress (ANC) abandoned its partial socialist allegiances after taking power and followed a standard neoliberal route. From 2005 through to 2007, the country was wracked by many thousands of protests from poor communities. One of these gave rise to a mass movement of shack dwellers, Abahlali baseMjondolo that despite major police suppression continues to work for popular people’s planning and against the creation of a market economy in land and housing.

Asia

In Asia, states with socialist economies—such as the People’s Republic of China, North Korea, Laos and Vietnam—have largely moved away from centralised economic planning in the 21st century, placing a greater emphasis on markets. Forms include the Chinese socialist market economy and the Vietnamese socialist-oriented market economy. They utilise state-owned corporate management models as opposed to modelling socialist enterprise on traditional management styles employed by government agencies. In China living standards continued to improve rapidly despite the late-2000s recession, but centralised political control remained tight.[226] Brian Reynolds Myers in his book The Cleanest Race, later supported by other academics,[227][228] dismisses the idea that Juche is North Korea’s leading ideology, regarding its public exaltation as designed to deceive foreigners and that it exists to be praised and not actually read,[229] pointing out that North Korea’s constitution of 2009 omits all mention of communism.[228]

Though the authority of the state remained unchallenged under Đổi Mới, the government of Vietnam encourages private ownership of farms and factories, economic deregulation and foreign investment, while maintaining control over strategic industries.[205] The Vietnamese economy subsequently achieved strong growth in agricultural and industrial production, construction, exports and foreign investment. However, these reforms have also caused a rise in income inequality and gender disparities.[230][231]

Elsewhere in Asia, some elected socialist parties and communist parties remain prominent, particularly in India and Nepal. The Communist Party of Nepal[which?] in particular calls for multi-party democracy, social equality and economic prosperity.[232] In Singapore, a majority of the GDP is still generated from the state sector comprising government-linked companies.[233] In Japan, there has been a resurgent interest in the Japanese Communist Party among workers and youth.[234][235] In Malaysia, the Socialist Party of Malaysia got its first Member of Parliament, Dr. Jeyakumar Devaraj, after the 2008 general election. In 2010, there were 270 kibbutzim in Israel. Their factories and farms account for 9% of Israel’s industrial output, worth US$8 billion and 40% of its agricultural output, worth over $1.7 billion.[236] Some Kibbutzim had also developed substantial high-tech and military industries. Also in 2010, Kibbutz Sasa, containing some 200 members, generated $850 million in annual revenue from its military-plastics industry.[237]

Europe

This section’s factual accuracy is disputed.

The United Nations World Happiness Report 2013 shows that the happiest nations are concentrated in Northern Europe, where the Nordic model of social democracy is employed, with Denmark topping the list. This is at times attributed to the success of the Nordic model in the region. The Nordic countries ranked highest on the metrics of real GDP per capita, healthy life expectancy, having someone to count on, perceived freedom to make life choices, generosity and freedom from corruption.[238] Indeed, the indicators of Freedom in the World have listed Scandinavian countries as ranking high on indicators such as press and economic freedom.

The objectives of the Party of European Socialists, the European Parliament’s socialist and social democratic bloc, are now “to pursue international aims in respect of the principles on which the European Union is based, namely principles of freedom, equality, solidarity, democracy, respect of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, and respect for the Rule of Law”. As a result, today the rallying cry of the French Revolution—Liberté, égalité, fraternité—is promoted as essential socialist values.[239] To the left of the PES at the European level is the Party of the European Left (PEL), also commonly abbreviated “European Left”), which is a political party at the European level and an association of democratic socialist, socialist[240] and communist[240] political parties in the European Union and other European countries. It was formed in January 2004 for the purposes of running in the 2004 European Parliament elections. PEL was founded on 8–9 May 2004 in Rome.[241] Elected MEPs from member parties of the European Left sit in the European United Left–Nordic Green Left(GUE/NGL) group in the European parliament.

Alexis Tsipras, socialist Prime Minister of Greece who led the Coalition of the Radical Left (SYRIZA) through a victory in the Greek legislative election, January 2015

The socialist Left Party in Germany grew in popularity[242] due to dissatisfaction with the increasingly neoliberal policies of the SPD, becoming the fourth biggest party in parliament in the general election on 27 September 2009.[243] Communist candidate Dimitris Christofias won a crucial presidential runoff in Cyprus, defeating his conservative rival with a majority of 53%.[244] In Ireland, in the 2009 European election Joe Higgins of the Socialist Party took one of three seats in the capital Dublin European constituency.

In Denmark, the Socialist People’s Party (SF) more than doubled its parliamentary representation to 23 seats from 11, making it the fourth largest party.[245] In 2011, the Social Democrats, Socialist People’s Party and the Danish Social Liberal Party formed government, after a slight victory over the main rival political coalition. They were led by Helle Thorning-Schmidt, and had the Red-Green Alliance as a supporting party.

In Norway, the Red-Green Coalition consists of the Labour Party (Ap), the Socialist Left Party(SV) and the Centre Party (Sp) and governed the country as a majority government from the 2005 general election until 2013.

In the Greek legislative election of January 2015, the Coalition of the Radical Left (SYRIZA) led by Alexis Tsipras won a legislative election for the first time while the Communist Party of Greece won 15 seats in parliament. SYRIZA has been characterised as an anti-establishment party,[246] whose success has sent “shock-waves across the EU”.[247]

In the United Kingdom, the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers put forward a slate of candidates in the 2009 European Parliament elections under the banner of No to EU – Yes to Democracy, a broad left-wing alter-globalisationcoalition involving socialist groups such as the Socialist Party, aiming to offer an alternative to the “anti-foreigner” and pro-business policies of the UK Independence Party.[248][249][250] In the following May 2010 United Kingdom general election, the Trade Unionist and Socialist Coalition, launched in January 2010[251] and backed by Bob Crow, the leader of the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers union (RMT), other union leaders and the Socialist Party among other socialist groups, stood against Labour in 40 constituencies.[252][253] The Trade Unionist and Socialist Coalitioncontested the 2011 local elections, having gained the endorsement of the RMT June 2010 conference, but gained no seats.[254] Left Unity was also founded in 2013 after the film director Ken Loach appealed for a new party of the left to replace the Labour Party, which he claimed had failed to oppose austerity and had shifted towards neoliberalism.[255][256][257][258] In 2015, following a defeat at the 2015 United Kingdom general election, self-described socialist Jeremy Corbyn took over from Ed Miliband as leader of the Labour Party.[259]

In France, Olivier Besancenot, the Revolutionary Communist League (LCR) candidate in the 2007 presidential election, received 1,498,581 votes, 4.08%, double that of the communist candidate.[260] The LCR abolished itself in 2009 to initiate a broad anti-capitalist party, the New Anticapitalist Party, whose stated aim is to “build a new socialist, democratic perspective for the twenty-first century”.[261]

On 25 May 2014, the Spanish left-wing party Podemos entered candidates for the 2014 European parliamentary elections, some of which were unemployed. In a surprise result, it polled 7.98% of the vote and thus was awarded five seats out of 54[262][263] while the older United Left was the third largest overall force obtaining 10.03% and 5 seats, 4 more than the previous elections.[264]

The current government of Portugal was established on 26 November 2015 as a Socialist Party (PS) minority governmentled by prime minister António Costa. Costa succeeded in securing support for a Socialist minority government by the Left Bloc (B.E.), the Portuguese Communist Party (PCP) and the Ecologist Party “The Greens” (PEV).[265]

All around Europe and in some places of Latin America there exists a social center and squatting movement mainly inspired by autonomist and anarchist ideas.[266][267]

North America

See also: History of the socialist movement in the United States and Socialism in Canada

Bernie Sanders, junior Senator of Vermont and self-described democratic socialist, at his 2016 presidential campaign kickoff in May 2015

According to a 2013 article in The Guardian, “[c]ontrary to popular belief, Americans don’t have an innate allergy to socialism. Milwaukee has had several socialist mayors (Frank Zeidler, Emil Seidel and Daniel Hoan), and there is currently an independent socialist in the US Senate, Bernie Sanders of Vermont”.[268] Sanders, once mayor of Vermont’s largest city, Burlington, has described himself as a democratic socialist[269][270] and has praised Scandinavian-style social democracy.[271][272] In 2016, Sanders made a bid for the Democratic Party presidential candidate, thereby gaining considerable popular support, particularly among the younger generation, but lost the nomination to Hillary Clinton.

Anti-capitalism, anarchism and the anti-globalisation movement rose to prominence through events such as protests against the World Trade Organization Ministerial Conference of 1999 in Seattle. Socialist-inspired groups played an important role in these movements, which nevertheless embraced much broader layers of the population and were championed by figures such as Noam Chomsky. In Canada, the Co-operative Commonwealth Federation(CCF), the precursor to the social democratic New Democratic Party (NDP), had significant success in provincial politics. In 1944, the Saskatchewan CCF formed the first socialist government in North America. At the federal level, the NDP was the Official Opposition, from 2011 through 2015.[273]

Latin America and Caribbean

For the Encyclopedia Britannica, “the attempt by Salvador Allende to unite Marxists and other reformers in a socialist reconstruction of Chile is most representative of the direction that Latin American socialists have taken since the late 20th century. […] Several socialist (or socialist-leaning) leaders have followed Allende’s example in winning election to office in Latin American countries”.[73] Venezuelan President Hugo Chávez, Nicaraguan President Daniel Ortega, Bolivian President Evo Morales and Ecuadorian president Rafael Correa refer to their political programmes as socialist and Chávez adopted the term “socialism of the 21st century”. After winning re-election in December 2006, Chávez said: “Now more than ever, I am obliged to move Venezuela’s path towards socialism”.[274] Chávez was also reelected in October 2012 for his third six-year term as President, but he died in March 2013 from cancer. After Chávez’s death on 5 March 2013, Vice President from Chavez’s party Nicolás Maduro assumed the powers and responsibilities of the President. A special election was held on 14 April of the same year to elect a new President, which Maduro won by a tight margin as the candidate of the United Socialist Party of Venezuela and he was formally inaugurated on 19 April.[275] “Pink tide” is a term being used in contemporary 21st-century political analysis in the media and elsewhere to describe the perception that leftist ideology in general and left-wing politics in particular are increasingly influential in Latin America.[276][277][278]

Presidents Fernando Lugo of Paraguay, Evo Morales of Bolivia, Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva of Brazil, Rafael Correa of Ecuador and Hugo Chávez of Venezuela in World Social Forum for Latin America

Foro de São Paulo is a conference of leftist political parties and other organisations from Latin America and the Caribbean. It was launched by the Workers’ Party(Portuguese: Partido dos Trabalhadores – PT) of Brazil in 1990 in the city of São Paulo. The Forum of São Paulo was constituted in 1990 when the Brazilian Workers’ Partyapproached other parties and social movements of Latin America and the Caribbean with the objective of debating the new international scenario after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the consequences of the implementation of what were taken as neoliberal policies adopted at the time by contemporary right-leaning governments in the region, the stated main objective of the conference being to argue for alternatives to neoliberalism.[279] Among its member include current socialist and social-democratic parties currently in government in the region such as Bolivia’s Movement for Socialism, Brazil’s Workers Party, the Communist Party of Cuba, Ecuador’s PAIS Alliance, the United Socialist Party of Venezuela, the Socialist Party of Chile, Uruguay’s Broad Front, Nicaragua’s Sandinista National Liberation Front and El Salvador’s Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front.

Oceania

See also: Socialism in Australia, Socialism in New Zealand, and Melanesian socialism

Australia saw an increase in interest of socialism in the early 21st century, especially amongst youth.[280] It is strongest in Victoria, where three socialist parties have merged into the Victorian Socialists, who aim to address problems in housing and public transportation.

New Zealand has a small socialist scene, mainly dominated by Trotskyist groups. The current prime minister Jacinda Ardern has publicly condemned capitalism but describes herself as a social democrat.[citation needed]

Melanesian Socialism developed in the 1980s, inspired by African Socialism. It aims to achieve full independence from Britain and France in Melanesian territories and creation of a Melanesian federal union. It is very popular with the New Caledonia independence movement.[citation needed]

International socialism

The Progressive Alliance is a political international founded on 22 May 2013 by political parties, the majority of whom are current or former members of the Socialist International. The organisation states the aim of becoming the global network of “the progressive”, democratic, social-democratic, socialist and labour movement”.[281][282]

Social and political theory

Early socialist thought took influences from a diverse range of philosophies such as civic republicanism, Enlightenmentrationalism, romanticism, forms of materialism, Christianity (both Catholic and Protestant), natural law and natural rights theory, utilitarianism and liberal political economy.[283] Another philosophical basis for a lot of early socialism was the emergence of positivism during the European Enlightenment. Positivism held that both the natural and social worlds could be understood through scientific knowledge and be analyzed using scientific methods. This core outlook influenced early social scientists and different types of socialists ranging from anarchists like Peter Kropotkin to technocrats like Saint Simon.[284]

Claude Henri de Rouvroy, comte de Saint-Simon, early French socialist

The fundamental objective of socialism is to attain an advanced level of material production and therefore greater productivity, efficiency and rationality as compared to capitalism and all previous systems, under the view that an expansion of human productive capability is the basis for the extension of freedom and equality in society.[285] Many forms of socialist theory hold that human behaviour is largely shaped by the social environment. In particular, socialism holds that social mores, values, cultural traits and economic practices are social creations and not the result of an immutable natural law.[286][287] The object of their critique is thus not human avarice or human consciousness, but the material conditions and man-made social systems (i.e. the economic structure of society) that gives rise to observed social problems and inefficiencies. Bertrand Russell, often considered to be the father of analytic philosophy, identified as a socialist. Russell opposed the class struggle aspects of Marxism, viewing socialism solely as an adjustment of economic relations to accommodate modern machine production to benefit all of humanity through the progressive reduction of necessary work time.[288]

Socialists view creativity as an essential aspect of human nature and define freedom as a state of being where individuals are able to express their creativity unhindered by constraints of both material scarcity and coercive social institutions. The socialist concept of individuality is thus intertwined with the concept of individual creative expression. Karl Marx believed that expansion of the productive forces and technology was the basis for the expansion of human freedom and that socialism, being a system that is consistent with modern developments in technology, would enable the flourishing of “free individualities” through the progressive reduction of necessary labour time. The reduction of necessary labour time to a minimum would grant individuals the opportunity to pursue the development of their true individuality and creativity.

CRITICISM OF CAPITALISM

Criticism of capitalism

Socialists argue that the accumulation of capital generates waste through externalities that require costly corrective regulatory measures. They also point out that this process generates wasteful industries and practices that exist only to generate sufficient demand for products to be sold at a profit (such as high-pressure advertisement), thereby creating rather than satisfying economic demand.[291][292]

Socialists argue that capitalism consists of irrational activity, such as the purchasing of commodities only to sell at a later time when their price appreciates, rather than for consumption, even if the commodity cannot be sold at a profit to individuals in need and therefore a crucial criticism often made by socialists is that “making money”, or accumulation of capital, does not correspond to the satisfaction of demand (the production of use-values).[293] The fundamental criterion for economic activity in capitalism is the accumulation of capital for reinvestment in production, but this spurs the development of new, non-productive industries that do not produce use-value and only exist to keep the accumulation process afloat (otherwise the system goes into crisis), such as the spread of the financial industry, contributing to the formation of economic bubbles.[294]

Socialists view private property relations as limiting the potential of productive forces in the economy. According to socialists, private property becomes obsolete when it concentrates into centralised, socialised institutions based on private appropriation of revenue—but based on cooperative work and internal planning in allocation of inputs—until the role of the capitalist becomes redundant.[295] With no need for capital accumulation and a class of owners, private property in the means of production is perceived as being an outdated form of economic organisation that should be replaced by a free association of individuals based on public or common ownership of these socialised assets.[296][297] Private ownership imposes constraints on planning, leading to uncoordinated economic decisions that result in business fluctuations, unemployment and a tremendous waste of material resources during crisis of overproduction.[298]

Excessive disparities in income distribution lead to social instability and require costly corrective measures in the form of redistributive taxation, which incurs heavy administrative costs while weakening the incentive to work, inviting dishonesty and increasing the likelihood of tax evasion while (the corrective measures) reduce the overall efficiency of the market economy.[299] These corrective policies limit the incentive system of the market by providing things such as minimum wages, unemployment insurance, taxing profits and reducing the reserve army of labour, resulting in reduced incentives for capitalists to invest in more production. In essence, social welfare policies cripple capitalism and its incentive system and are thus unsustainable in the long-run.[300] Marxists argue that the establishment of a socialist mode of production is the only way to overcome these deficiencies. Socialists and specifically Marxian socialists argue that the inherent conflict of interests between the working class and capital prevent optimal use of available human resources and leads to contradictory interest groups (labour and business) striving to influence the state to intervene in the economy in their favor at the expense of overall economic efficiency.

Early socialists (utopian socialists and Ricardian socialists) criticised capitalism for concentrating power and wealth within a small segment of society.[301] In addition, they complained that capitalism does not utilise available technology and resources to their maximum potential in the interests of the public.[297]

Marxism

Main article: Marxism

At a certain stage of development, the material productive forces of society come into conflict with the existing relations of production or—this merely expresses the same thing in legal terms – with the property relations within the framework of which they have operated hitherto. Then begins an era of social revolution. The changes in the economic foundation lead sooner or later to the transformation of the whole immense superstructure.

— Karl Marx, Critique of the Gotha Program[302]

The writings of Karl Marxprovided the basis for the development of Marxistpolitical theory and Marxian economics

Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels argued that socialism would emerge from historical necessity as capitalism rendered itself obsolete and unsustainable from increasing internal contradictions emerging from the development of the productive forces and technology. It was these advances in the productive forces combined with the old social relations of production of capitalism that would generate contradictions, leading to working-class consciousness.[303]

Marx and Engels held the view that the consciousness of those who earn a wage or salary (the working class in the broadest Marxist sense) would be moulded by their conditions of wage slavery, leading to a tendency to seek their freedom or emancipation by overthrowing ownership of the means of production by capitalists and consequently, overthrowing the state that upheld this economic order. For Marx and Engels, conditions determine consciousness and ending the role of the capitalist class leads eventually to a classless society in which the state would wither away. The Marxist conception of socialism is that of a specific historical phase that would displace capitalism and precede communism. The major characteristics of socialism (particularly as conceived by Marx and Engels after the Paris Commune of 1871) are that the proletariat would control the means of production through a workers’ state erected by the workers in their interests. Economic activity would still be organised through the use of incentive systems and social classes would still exist, but to a lesser and diminishing extent than under capitalism.

For orthodox Marxists, socialism is the lower stage of communism based on the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his contribution” while upper stage communism is based on the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his need”, the upper stage becoming possible only after the socialist stage further develops economic efficiency and the automation of production has led to a superabundance of goods and services.[304][305] Marx argued that the material productive forces (in industry and commerce) brought into existence by capitalism predicated a cooperative society since production had become a mass social, collective activity of the working class to create commodities but with private ownership (the relations of production or property relations). This conflict between collective effort in large factories and private ownership would bring about a conscious desire in the working class to establish collective ownership commensurate with the collective efforts their daily experience.[302]

Role of the state

Socialists have taken different perspectives on the state and the role it should play in revolutionary struggles, in constructing socialism and within an established socialist economy.

In the 19th century the philosophy of state socialism was first explicitly expounded by the German political philosopher Ferdinand Lassalle. In contrast to Karl Marx’s perspective of the state, Lassalle rejected the concept of the state as a class-based power structure whose main function was to preserve existing class structures. Thus Lassalle also rejected the Marxist view that the state was destined to “wither away”. Lassalle considered the state to be an entity independent of class allegiances and an instrument of justice that would therefore be essential for achieving socialism.[306]

Preceding the Bolshevik-led revolution in Russia, many socialists including reformists, orthodox Marxist currents such as council communism, anarchists and libertarian socialists criticised the idea of using the state to conduct central planning and own the means of production as a way to establish socialism. Following the victory of Leninism in Russia, the idea of “state socialism” spread rapidly throughout the socialist movement and eventually state socialism came to be identified with the Soviet economic model.[307]

Joseph Schumpeter rejected the association of socialism (and social ownership) with state ownership over the means of production because the state as it exists in its current form is a product of capitalist society and cannot be transplanted to a different institutional framework. Schumpeter argued that there would be different institutions within socialism than those that exist within modern capitalism, just as feudalism had its own distinct and unique institutional forms. The state, along with concepts like property and taxation, were concepts exclusive to commercial society (capitalism) and attempting to place them within the context of a future socialist society would amount to a distortion of these concepts by using them out of context.[308]

Utopian versus scientific

Main articles: Utopian socialism and Scientific socialism

Utopian socialism is a term used to define the first currents of modern socialist thought as exemplified by the work of Henri de Saint-Simon, Charles Fourier and Robert Owen, which inspired Karl Marx and other early socialists.[309] However, visions of imaginary ideal societies, which competed with revolutionary social democratic movements, were viewed as not being grounded in the material conditions of society and as reactionary.[310] Although it is technically possible for any set of ideas or any person living at any time in history to be a utopian socialist, the term is most often applied to those socialists who lived in the first quarter of the 19th century who were ascribed the label “utopian” by later socialists as a negative term in order to imply naivete and dismiss their ideas as fanciful or unrealistic.[77]

Religious sects whose members live communally such as the Hutterites, for example, are not usually called “utopian socialists”, although their way of living is a prime example. They have been categorised as religious socialists by some. Likewise, modern intentional communities based on socialist ideas could also be categorised as “utopian socialist”.

For Marxists, the development of capitalism in Western Europe provided a material basis for the possibility of bringing about socialism because according to The Communist Manifesto “[w]hat the bourgeoisie produces above all is its own grave diggers”,[311] namely the working class, which must become conscious of the historical objectives set it by society.

Reform versus revolution

Main articles: Revolutionary socialism and Reformism

Revolutionary socialists believe that a social revolution is necessary to effect structural changes to the socioeconomic structure of society. Among revolutionary socialists there are differences in strategy, theory and the definition of “revolution”. Orthodox Marxists and left communists take an impossibilist stance, believing that revolution should be spontaneous as a result of contradictions in society due to technological changes in the productive forces. Lenin theorised that under capitalism the workers cannot achieve class consciousness beyond organising into unions and making demands of the capitalists. Therefore, Leninists advocate that it is historically necessary for a vanguard of class conscious revolutionaries to take a central role in coordinating the social revolution to overthrow the capitalist state and eventually the institution of the state altogether.[312] “Revolution” is not necessarily defined by revolutionary socialists as violent insurrection,[313] but as a complete dismantling and rapid transformation of all areas of class society led by the majority of the masses: the working class.

Reformism is generally associated with social democracy and gradualist democratic socialism. Reformism is the belief that socialists should stand in parliamentary elections within capitalist society and if elected utilise the machinery of government to pass political and social reforms for the purposes of ameliorating the instabilities and inequities of capitalism.

ECONOMICS

ormism is generally associated with social democracy and gradualist democratic socialism. Reformism is the belief that socialists should stand in parliamentary elections within capitalist society and if elected utilise the machinery of government to pass political and social reforms for the purposes of ameliorating the instabilities and inequities of capitalism.

Economics

Main article: Socialist economics

See also: Production for use

Socialist economics starts from the premise that “individuals do not live or work in isolation but live in cooperation with one another. Furthermore, everything that people produce is in some sense a social product, and everyone who contributes to the production of a good is entitled to a share in it. Society as a whole, therefore, should own or at least control property for the benefit of all its members”.[86]

The original conception of socialism was an economic system whereby production was organised in a way to directly produce goods and services for their utility (or use-value in classical and Marxian economics): the direct allocation of resources in terms of physical units as opposed to financial calculation and the economic laws of capitalism (see law of value), often entailing the end of capitalistic economic categories such as rent, interest, profit and money.[314] In a fully developed socialist economy, production and balancing factor inputs with outputs becomes a technical process to be undertaken by engineers.[315]

Market socialism refers to an array of different economic theories and systems that utilise the market mechanism to organise production and to allocate factor inputs among socially owned enterprises, with the economic surplus (profits) accruing to society in a social dividend as opposed to private capital owners.[316] Variations of market socialism include libertarian proposals such as mutualism, based on classical economics, and neoclassical economic models such as the Lange Model. However, some economists such as Joseph Stiglitz, Mancur Olson and others not specifically advancing anti-socialists positions have shown that prevailing economic models upon which such democratic or market socialism models might be based have logical flaws or unworkable presuppositions.[317][318]

The ownership of the means of production can be based on direct ownership by the users of the productive property through worker cooperative; or commonly owned by all of society with management and control delegated to those who operate/use the means of production; or public ownership by a state apparatus. Public ownership may refer to the creation of state-owned enterprises, nationalisation, municipalisation or autonomous collective institutions. Some socialists feel that in a socialist economy, at least the “commanding heights” of the economy must be publicly owned.[319] However, economic liberals and right libertarians view private ownership of the means of production and the market exchange as natural entities or moral rights which are central to their conceptions of freedom and liberty and view the economic dynamics of capitalism as immutable and absolute, therefore they perceive public ownership of the means of production, cooperatives and economic planning as infringements upon liberty.[320][321]

Management and control over the activities of enterprises are based on self-management and self-governance, with equal power-relations in the workplace to maximise occupational autonomy. A socialist form of organisation would eliminate controlling hierarchies so that only a hierarchy based on technical knowledge in the workplace remains. Every member would have decision-making power in the firm and would be able to participate in establishing its overall policy objectives. The policies/goals would be carried out by the technical specialists that form the coordinating hierarchy of the firm, who would establish plans or directives for the work community to accomplish these goals.[322]

The role and use of money in a hypothetical socialist economy is a contested issue. According to the Austrian schooleconomist Ludwig von Mises, an economic system that does not use money, financial calculation and market pricingwould be unable to effectively value capital goods and coordinate production and therefore these types of socialism are impossible because they lack the necessary information to perform economic calculation in the first place.[323][324]Socialists including Karl Marx, Robert Owen, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon and John Stuart Mill advocated various forms of labour vouchers or labour credits, which like money would be used to acquire articles of consumption, but unlike money they are unable to become capital and would not be used to allocate resources within the production process. Bolshevik revolutionary Leon Trotsky argued that money could not be arbitrarily abolished following a socialist revolution. Money had to exhaust its “historic mission”, meaning it would have to be used until its function became redundant, eventually being transformed into bookkeeping receipts for statisticians and only in the more distant future would money not be required for even that role.[325]

The economic anarchy of capitalist society as it exists today is, in my opinion, the real source of the evil… I am convinced there is only one way to eliminate these grave evils, namely through the establishment of a socialist economy, accompanied by an educational system which would be oriented toward social goals. In such an economy, the means of production are owned by society itself and are utilised in a planned fashion. A planned economy, which adjusts production to the needs of the community, would distribute the work to be done among all those able to work and would guarantee a livelihood to every man, woman, and child. The education of the individual, in addition to promoting his own innate abilities, would attempt to develop in him a sense of responsibility for his fellow men in place of the glorification of power and success in our present society.

— Albert Einstein, Why Socialism?, 1949[326]

Planned economy

Main article: Planned economy

A planned economy is a type of economy consisting of a mixture of public ownership of the means of production and the coordination of production and distribution through economic planning. There are two major types of planning: decentralised-planning and centralised-planning. Enrico Barone provided a comprehensive theoretical framework for a planned socialist economy. In his model, assuming perfect computation techniques, simultaneous equations relating inputs and outputs to ratios of equivalence would provide appropriate valuations in order to balance supply and demand.[327]

The most prominent example of a planned economy was the economic system of the Soviet Union and as such the centralised-planned economic model is usually associated with the communist states of the 20th century, where it was combined with a single-party political system. In a centrally planned economy, decisions regarding the quantity of goods and services to be produced are planned in advance by a planning agency (see also the analysis of Soviet-type economic planning). The economic systems of the Soviet Union and the Eastern Bloc are further classified as “command economies”, which are defined as systems where economic coordination is undertaken by commands, directives and production targets.[328] Studies by economists of various political persuasions on the actual functioning of the Soviet economy indicate that it was not actually a planned economy. Instead of conscious planning, the Soviet economy was based on a process whereby the plan was modified by localised agents and the original plans went largely unfulfilled. Planning agencies, ministries and enterprises all adapted and bargained with each other during the formulation of the plan as opposed to following a plan passed down from a higher authority, leading some economists to suggest that planning did not actually take place within the Soviet economy and that a better description would be an “administered” or “managed” economy.[329]

Although central planning was largely supported by Marxist–Leninists, some factions within the Soviet Union before the rise of Stalinism held positions contrary to central planning. Leon Trotsky rejected central planning in favour of decentralised planning. He argued that central planners, regardless of their intellectual capacity, would be unable to coordinate effectively all economic activity within an economy because they operated without the input and tacit knowledge embodied by the participation of the millions of people in the economy. As a result, central planners would be unable to respond to local economic conditions.[330] State socialism is unfeasible in this view because information cannot be aggregated by a central body and effectively used to formulate a plan for an entire economy, because doing so would result in distorted or absent price signals.[331]

Self-managed economy

See also: Decentralised planning, Economic democracy, and Workers’ self-management

A self-managed, decentralised economy is based on autonomous self-regulating economic units and a decentralised mechanism of resource allocation and decision-making. This model has found support in notable classical and neoclassical economists including Alfred Marshall, John Stuart Mill and Jaroslav Vanek. There are numerous variations of self-management, including labour-managed firms and worker-managed firms. The goals of self-management are to eliminate exploitation and reduce alienation.[332] Guild socialism is a political movement advocating workers’ control of industry through the medium of trade-related guilds “in an implied contractual relationship with the public”.[333] It originated in the United Kingdom and was at its most influential in the first quarter of the 20th century.[333] It was strongly associated with G. D. H. Cole and influenced by the ideas of William Morris.

One such system is the cooperative economy, a largely free market economy in which workers manage the firms and democratically determine remuneration levels and labour divisions. Productive resources would be legally owned by the cooperative and rented to the workers, who would enjoy usufruct rights.[334] Another form of decentralised planning is the use of cybernetics, or the use of computers to manage the allocation of economic inputs. The socialist-run government of Salvador Allende in Chile experimented with Project Cybersyn, a real-time information bridge between the government, state enterprises and consumers.[335] Another, more recent variant is participatory economics, wherein the economy is planned by decentralised councils of workers and consumers. Workers would be remunerated solely according to effort and sacrifice, so that those engaged in dangerous, uncomfortable and strenuous work would receive the highest incomes and could thereby work less.[336] A contemporary model for a self-managed, non-market socialism is Pat Devine’s model of negotiated coordination. Negotiated coordination is based upon social ownership by those affected by the use of the assets involved, with decisions made by those at the most localised level of production.[337]

Michel Bauwens identifies the emergence of the open software movement and peer-to-peer production as a new alternative mode of production to the capitalist economy and centrally planned economy that is based on collaborative self-management, common ownership of resources and the production of use-values through the free cooperation of producers who have access to distributed capital.[338]

Anarcho-communism is a theory of anarchism which advocates the abolition of the state, private property and capitalism in favour of common ownership of the means of production.[339][340] Anarcho-syndicalism was practiced in Catalonia and other places in the Spanish Revolution during the Spanish Civil War. Sam Dolgoff estimated that about eight million people participated directly or at least indirectly in the Spanish Revolution.[341]

The economy of the former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia established a system based on market-based allocation, social ownership of the means of production and self-management within firms. This system substituted Yugoslavia’s Soviet-type central planning with a decentralised, self-managed system after reforms in 1953.[342]

The Marxian economist Richard D. Wolff argues that “re-organising production so that workers become collectively self-directed at their work-sites” not only moves society beyond both capitalism and state socialism of the last century, but would also mark another milestone in human history, similar to earlier transitions out of slavery and feudalism.[343] As an example, Wolff claims that Mondragon is “a stunningly successful alternative to the capitalist organisation of production”.[344]

State-directed economy

See also: State socialism

State socialism can be used to classify any variety of socialist philosophies that advocates the ownership of the means of production by the state apparatus, either as a transitional stage between capitalism and socialism, or as an end-goal in itself. Typically it refers to a form of technocratic management, whereby technical specialists administer or manage economic enterprises on behalf of society (and the public interest) instead of workers’ councils or workplace democracy.

A state-directed economy may refer to a type of mixed economy consisting of public ownership over large industries, as promoted by various Social democratic political parties during the 20th century. This ideology influenced the policies of the British Labour Party during Clement Attlee’s administration. In the biography of the 1945 United Kingdom Labour Party Prime Minister Clement Attlee, Francis Beckett states: “[T]he government… wanted what would become known as a mixed economy”.[345]

Nationalisation in the United Kingdom was achieved through compulsory purchase of the industry (i.e. with compensation). British Aerospace was a combination of major aircraft companies British Aircraft Corporation, Hawker Siddeley and others. British Shipbuilders was a combination of the major shipbuilding companies including Cammell Laird, Govan Shipbuilders, Swan Hunter and Yarrow Shipbuilders, whereas the nationalisation of the coal mines in 1947 created a coal board charged with running the coal industry commercially so as to be able to meet the interest payable on the bonds which the former mine owners’ shares had been converted into.[346][347]

Market socialism

Main article: Market socialism

Market socialism consists of publicly owned or cooperatively owned enterprises operating in a market economy. It is a system that utilises the market and monetary prices for the allocation and accounting of the means of production, thereby retaining the process of capital accumulation. The profit generated would be used to directly remunerate employees, collectively sustain the enterprise or finance public institutions.[348] In state-oriented forms of market socialism, in which state enterprises attempt to maximise profit, the profits can be used to fund government programs and services through a social dividend, eliminating or greatly diminishing the need for various forms of taxation that exist in capitalist systems. Neoclassical economist Léon Walras believed that a socialist economy based on state ownership of land and natural resources would provide a means of public finance to make income taxes unnecessary.[349] Yugoslavia implemented a market socialist economy based on cooperatives and worker self-management.

Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, main theorist of mutualism and influential French socialist thinker

Mutualism is an economic theory and anarchist school of thought that advocates a society where each person might possess a means of production, either individually or collectively, with trade representing equivalent amounts of labour in the free market.[350]Integral to the scheme was the establishment of a mutual-credit bank that would lend to producers at a minimal interest rate, just high enough to cover administration.[351]Mutualism is based on a labour theory of value that holds that when labour or its product is sold, in exchange it ought to receive goods or services embodying “the amount of labour necessary to produce an article of exactly similar and equal utility”.

The current economic system in China is formally referred to as a socialist market economy with Chinese characteristics. It combines a large state sector that comprises the commanding heights of the economy, which are guaranteed their public ownership status by law, with a private sector mainly engaged in commodity production and light industry responsible from anywhere between 33% to over 70% of GDP generated in 2005. Although there has been a rapid expansion of private-sector activity since the 1980s, privatisation of state assets was virtually halted and were partially reversed in 2005. The current Chinese economy consists of 150 corporatised state-owned enterprises that report directly to China’s central government. By 2008, these state-owned corporations had become increasingly dynamic and generated large increases in revenue for the state, resulting in a state-sector led recovery during the 2009 financial crises while accounting for most of China’s economic growth. However, the Chinese economic model is widely cited as a contemporary form of state capitalism, the major difference between Western capitalism and the Chinese model being the degree of state-ownership of shares in publicly listed corporations.

The Socialist Republic of Vietnam has adopted a similar model after the Doi Moi economic renovation, but slightly differs from the Chinese model in that the Vietnamese government retains firm control over the state sector and strategic industries, but allows for private-sector activity in commodity production.

POLITICS

The major socialist political movements are described below. Independent socialist theorists, utopian socialist authors and academic supporters of socialism may not be represented in these movements. Some political groups have called themselves socialist while holding views that some consider antithetical to socialism. The term “socialist” has also been used by some politicians on the political right as an epithet against certain individuals who do not consider themselves to be socialists and against policies that are not considered socialist by their proponents.

There are many variations of socialism and as such there is no single definition encapsulating all of socialism. However, there have been common elements identified by scholars.[362] In his Dictionary of Socialism (1924), Angelo S. Rappoport analysed forty definitions of socialism to conclude that common elements of socialism include: general criticisms of the social effects of private ownership and control of capital—as being the cause of poverty, low wages, unemployment, economic and social inequality and a lack of economic security; a general view that the solution to these problems is a form of collective control over the means of production, distribution and exchange (the degree and means of control vary amongst socialist movements); an agreement that the outcome of this collective control should be a society based upon social justice, including social equality, economic protection of people and should provide a more satisfying life for most people.[363] In The Concepts of Socialism(1975), Bhikhu Parekh identifies four core principles of socialism and particularly socialist society: sociality, social responsibility, cooperation and planning.[364] In his study Ideologies and Political Theory (1996), Michael Freeden states that all socialists share five themes: the first is that socialism posits that society is more than a mere collection of individuals; second, that it considers human welfare a desirable objective; third, that it considers humans by nature to be active and productive; fourth, it holds the belief of human equality; and fifth, that history is progressive and will create positive change on the condition that humans work to achieve such change.[364]

Anarchism

Main article: Anarchism

Anarchism is a political philosophy that advocates stateless societies often defined as self-governed voluntary institutions,[365][366][367][368] but that several authors have defined as more specific institutions based on non-hierarchicalfree associations.[369][370][371][372] Anarchism holds the state to be undesirable, unnecessary or harmful.[373][374] While anti-statism is central, some argue[375] that anarchism entails opposing authority or hierarchical organisation in the conduct of human relations including, but not limited to, the state system.[369][376][377][378][379][380][381] Mutualists advocate market socialism, collectivist anarchists workers cooperatives and salaries based on the amount of time contributed to production, anarcho-communists advocate a direct transition from capitalism to libertarian communism and a gift economy and anarcho-syndicalists worker’s direct action and the general strike.

Democratic socialism

Main article: Democratic socialism

Modern democratic socialism is a broad political movement that seeks to promote the ideals of socialism within the context of a democratic system. Some democratic socialists support social democracy as a temporary measure to reform the current system while others reject reformism in favour of more revolutionary methods. Modern social democracy emphasises a program of gradual legislative modification of capitalism in order to make it more equitable and humane, while the theoretical end goal of building a socialist society is either completely forgotten or redefined in a pro-capitalist way. The two movements are widely similar both in terminology and in ideology, although there are a few key differences.

The major difference between social democracy and democratic socialism is the object of their politics: contemporary social democrats support a welfare state and unemployment insurance as a means to “humanise” capitalism, whereas democratic socialists seek to replace capitalism with a socialist economic system, arguing that any attempt to “humanise” capitalism through regulations and welfare policies would distort the market and create economic contradictions.[382]

Democratic socialism generally refers to any political movement that seeks to establish an economy based on economic democracy by and for the working class. Democratic socialism is difficult to define and groups of scholars have radically different definitions for the term. Some definitions simply refer to all forms of socialism that follow an electoral, reformistor evolutionary path to socialism rather than a revolutionary one.[383]

You can’t talk about ending the slums without first saying profit must be taken out of slums. You’re really tampering and getting on dangerous ground because you are messing with folk then. You are messing with captains of industry. Now this means that we are treading in difficult water, because it really means that we are saying that something is wrong with capitalism. There must be a better distribution of wealth, and maybe America must move toward a democratic socialism.

— Martin Luther King, Jr., 1966[384][385][386]

Leninism and precedents

Main articles: Blanquism and Marxism–Leninism

Blanquism refers to a conception of revolution generally attributed to Louis Auguste Blanqui which holds that socialist revolution should be carried out by a relatively small group of highly organised and secretive conspirators.[387] Having seized power, the revolutionaries would then use the power of the state to introduce socialism. It is considered a particular sort of “putschism”—that is, the view that political revolution should take the form of a putsch or coup d’état.[388] Rosa Luxemburg and Eduard Bernstein[389] have criticised Vladimir Lenin that his conception of revolution was elitist and essentially Blanquist.[390] Marxism–Leninism is a political ideology combining Marxism (the scientific socialist concepts theorised by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels) and Leninism (Lenin’s theoretical expansions of Marxism which include anti-imperialism, democratic centralism and party-building principles).[391] Marxism–Leninism was the official ideology of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union and of the Communist International (1919–1943) and later it became the main guiding ideology for Trotskyists, Maoists and Stalinists.

Libertarian socialism

Main article: Libertarian socialism

The first anarchist journal to use the term “libertarian” was Le Libertaire, Journal du Mouvement Social and it was published in New York City between 1858 and 1861 by French anarcho-communistJoseph Déjacque,[392] the first recorded person to describe himself as “libertarian”[393]

Libertarian socialism (sometimes called social anarchism,[394][395] left-libertarianism[396][397]and socialist libertarianism)[398] is a group of anti-authoritarian[399] political philosophies inside the socialist movement that rejects socialism as centralised state ownership and control of the economy[400] including criticism of wage labour relationships within the workplace,[401] as well as the state itself.[402] It emphasises workers’ self-management of the workplace[402] and decentralised structures of political organisation,[403] asserting that a society based on freedom and equality can be achieved through abolishing authoritarian institutions that control certain means of production and subordinate the majority to an owning class or political and economic elite.[404] Libertarian socialists generally place their hopes in decentralised means of direct democracy and federal or confederal associations such as libertarian municipalism, citizens’ assemblies, trade unions, and workers’ councils.[405][406] Relatedly, anarcho-syndicalist Gaston Leval explained: “We therefore foresee a Society in which all activities will be coordinated, a structure that has, at the same time, sufficient flexibility to permit the greatest possible autonomy for social life, or for the life of each enterprise, and enough cohesiveness to prevent all disorder…In a well-organized society, all of these things must be systematically accomplished by means of parallel federations, vertically united at the highest levels, constituting one vast organism in which all economic functions will be performed in solidarity with all others and that will permanently preserve the necessary cohesion”. All of this is generally done within a general call for libertarian[407] and voluntary human relationships[408] through the identification, criticism and practical dismantling of illegitimate authority in all aspects of human life.[413] As such, libertarian socialism within the larger socialist movement seeks to distinguish itself both from Leninism/Bolshevism and from social democracy.[414]

Past and present political philosophies and movements commonly described as libertarian socialist include anarchism(especially anarchist communism, anarchist collectivism, anarcho-syndicalism[415] and mutualism)[416] as well as autonomism, Communalism, participism, revolutionary syndicalism and libertarian Marxist philosophies such as council communism and Luxemburgism;[417] as well as some versions of utopian socialism[418] and individualist anarchism.[419][420][421]

Religious socialism

Main article: Religious socialism

Christian socialism is a broad concept involving an intertwining of the Christian religion with the politics and economic theories of socialism.

Islamic socialism is a term coined by various Muslim leaders to describe a more spiritual form of socialism. Muslim socialists believe that the teachings of the Qur’an and Muhammad are compatible with principles of equality and public ownership drawing inspiration from the early Medina welfare state established by Muhammad. Muslim socialists are more conservative than their western contemporaries and find their roots in anti-imperialism, anti-colonialism and Arab nationalism. Islamic socialist leaders believe in democracy and deriving legitimacy from public mandate as opposed to religious texts.

Social democracy and liberal socialism

Main articles: Social democracy and Liberal socialism

Social democracy is a political ideology which “is derived from a socialist tradition of political thought. Many social democrats refer to themselves as socialists or democratic socialists, and some, for example Tony Blair, use or have used these terms interchangeably.[422][423][424] Others have opined that there are clear differences between the three terms, and preferred to describe their own political beliefs by using the term ‘social democracy’ only”.[425] There are two main directions, either to establish democratic socialism, or to build a welfare state within the framework of the capitalist system. The first variant has officially its goal by establishing democratic socialism through reformist and gradualistmethods.[426] In the second variant, social democracy becomes a policy regime involving a welfare state, collective bargaining schemes, support for publicly financed public services and a capitalist-based economy like a mixed economy. It is often used in this manner to refer to the social models and economic policies prominent in Western and Northern Europe during the later half of the 20th century.[427][428] It has been described by Jerry Mander as “hybrid” economics, an active collaboration of capitalist and socialist visions and while such systems are not perfect they tend to provide high standards of living.[429] Numerous studies and surveys indicate that people tend to live happier lives in social democratic societies rather than neoliberal ones.[430][431][432][433]

Eduard Bernstein

Social democrats supporting the first variant advocate for a peaceful, evolutionary transition of the economy to socialism through progressive social reform of capitalism.[434][435] It asserts that the only acceptable constitutional form of government is representative democracy under the rule of law.[436] It promotes extending democratic decision-making beyond political democracy to include economic democracy to guarantee employees and other economic stakeholders sufficient rights of co-determination.[436] It supports a mixed economy that opposes the excesses of capitalism such as inequality, poverty and oppression of various groups, while rejecting both a totally free market or a fully planned economy.[437] Common social democratic policies include advocacy of universal social rights to attain universally accessible public services such as education, health care, workers’ compensation and other services, including child care and care for the elderly.[438] Social democracy is connected with the trade union labour movement and supports collective bargaining rights for workers.[439] Most social democratic parties are affiliated with the Socialist International.[426]

Liberal socialism is a socialist political philosophy that includes liberal principles within it.[440] Liberal socialism does not have the goal of abolishing capitalism with a socialist economy,[441] instead it supports a mixed economy that includes both public and private property in capital goods.[442][443] Although liberal socialism unequivocally favors a mixed market economy, it identifies legalistic and artificial monopolies to be the fault of capitalism[444] and opposes an entirely unregulated economy.[445] It considers both liberty and equality to be compatible and mutually dependent on each other.[440] Principles that can be described as “liberal socialist” have been based upon or developed by the following philosophers: John Stuart Mill, Eduard Bernstein, John Dewey, Carlo Rosselli, Norberto Bobbio and Chantal Mouffe.[446]Other important liberal socialist figures include Guido Calogero, Piero Gobetti, Leonard Trelawny Hobhouse, John Maynard Keynes and R. H. Tawney.[445] Liberal socialism has been particularly prominent in British and Italian politics.[445]

Socialism and modern progressive social movements

Further information: Socialist feminism, Socialism and LGBT rights, Eco-socialism, Anarcha-feminism, Green anarchism, and Queer anarchism

Socialist feminist Clara Zetkinand Rosa Luxemburg in 1910

Socialist feminism is a branch of feminism that focuses upon both the public and private spheres of a woman’s life and argues that liberation can only be achieved by working to end both the economic and cultural sources of women’s oppression.[447] Marxist feminism’s foundation is laid by Friedrich Engels in his analysis of gender oppression in The Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State (1884). August Bebel’s Woman under Socialism (1879), the “single work dealing with sexuality most widely read by rank-and-file members of the Social Democratic Party of Germany (SPD)”.[448] In the late 19th and early 20th centuries, both Clara Zetkin and Eleanor Marx were against the demonisation of men and supported a proletariatrevolution that would overcome as many male-female inequalities as possible.[449] As their movement already had the most radical demands in women’s equality, most Marxist leaders, including Clara Zetkin[450][451] and Alexandra Kollontai,[452][453] counterposed Marxism against liberal feminism rather than trying to combine them. Anarcha-feminism began with late 19th and early 20th century authors and theorists such as anarchist feminists Emma Goldman and Voltairine de Cleyre[454] In the Spanish Civil War, an anarcha-feminist group, Mujeres Libres (“Free Women”) linked to the Federación Anarquista Ibérica, organised to defend both anarchist and feminist ideas.[455] In 1972, the Chicago Women’s Liberation Union published “Socialist Feminism: A Strategy for the Women’s Movement”, which is believed to be the first to use the term “socialist feminism” in publication.[456]

Edward Carpenter, philosopher and activist who was instrumental in the foundation of the Fabian Society and the Labour Partyas well as in the early LGBTIwestern movements

Many socialists were early advocates for LGBT rights. For early socialist Charles Fourier, true freedom could only occur without suppressing passions, as the suppression of passions is not only destructive to the individual, but to society as a whole. Writing before the advent of the term “homosexuality”, Fourier recognised that both men and women have a wide range of sexual needs and preferences which may change throughout their lives, including same-sex sexuality and androgénité. He argued that all sexual expressions should be enjoyed as long as people are not abused and that “affirming one’s difference” can actually enhance social integration.[457] In Oscar Wilde’s The Soul of Man Under Socialism, he passionately advocates for an egalitarian society where wealth is shared by all, while warning of the dangers of social systems that crush individuality. Wilde’s libertarian socialist politics were shared by other figures who actively campaigned for homosexual emancipation in the late 19th century such as Edward Carpenter.[458] The Intermediate Sex: A Study of Some Transitional Types of Men and Women was a book from 1908 and an early work arguing for gay liberation written by Edward Carpenter[459] who was also an influential personality in the foundation of the Fabian Societyand the Labour Party. After the Russian Revolution under the leadership of Vladimir Lenin and Leon Trotsky, the Soviet Union abolished previous laws against homosexuality.[460] Harry Haywas an early leader in the American LGBT rights movement as well as a member of the Communist Party USA. He is known for his roles in helping to found several gay organisations, including the Mattachine Society, the first sustained gay rights group in the United States which in its early days had a strong marxist influence. The Encyclopedia of Homosexualityreports that “[a]s Marxists the founders of the group believed that the injustice and oppression which they suffered stemmed from relationships deeply embedded in the structure of American society”.[461] Also emerging from a number of events, such as the May 1968 insurrection in France, the anti-Vietnam war movement in the United States and the Stonewall riots of 1969, militant gay liberation organisations began to spring up around the world. Many saw their roots in left radicalism more than in the established homophile groups of the time,[462] though the Gay Liberation Front took an anti-capitalist stance and attacked the nuclear family and traditional gender roles.[463]

Eco-socialism, green socialism or socialist ecology is a political position merging aspects of Marxism, socialism and/or libertarian socialism with that of green politics, ecology and alter-globalisation. Eco-socialists generally believe that the expansion of the capitalist system is the cause of social exclusion, poverty, war and environmental degradation through globalisation and imperialism, under the supervision of repressive states and transnational structures.[464] Contrary to the depiction of Karl Marx by some environmentalists,[465] social ecologists[466] and fellow socialists[467] as a productivist who favoured the domination of nature, eco-socialists have revisited Marx’s writings and believe that he “was a main originator of the ecological world-view”.[468] Eco-socialist authors, like John Bellamy Foster[469] and Paul Burkett,[470] point to Marx’s discussion of a “metabolic rift” between man and nature, his statement that “private ownership of the globe by single individuals will appear quite absurd as private ownership of one man by another” and his observation that a society must “hand it [the planet] down to succeeding generations in an improved condition”.[471] The English socialist William Morris is largely credited with developing key principles of what was later called eco-socialism.[472] During the 1880s and 1890s, Morris promoted his eco-socialist ideas within the Social Democratic Federation and Socialist League.[473] Green anarchism, or ecoanarchism, is a school of thought within anarchism which puts a particular emphasis on environmental issues. An important early influence was the thought of the American anarchist Henry David Thoreau and his book Walden[474] and Élisée Reclus.[475][476]

In the late 19th century, there emerged anarcho-naturism as the fusion of anarchism and naturist philosophies within individualist anarchist circles in France, Spain, Cuba[477] and Portugal.[478] Social ecology is closely related to the work and ideas of Murray Bookchin and influenced by anarchist Peter Kropotkin. Bookchin’s first book, Our Synthetic Environment,was published under the pseudonym Lewis Herber in 1962, a few months before Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring.[479] His groundbreaking essay “Ecology and Revolutionary Thought” introduced ecology as a concept in radical politics.[480] In the 1970s, Barry Commoner, suggesting a left-wing response to the Limits to Growth model that predicted catastrophic resource depletion and spurred environmentalism, postulated that capitalist technologies were chiefly responsible for environmental degradation as opposed to population pressures.[481] The 1990s saw the socialist feminists Mary Mellor[482]and Ariel Salleh[483] address environmental issues within an eco-socialist paradigm. With the rising profile of the anti-globalisation movement in the Global South, an “environmentalism of the poor” combining ecological awareness and social justice has also become prominent.[484] In 1994, David Pepper also released his important work, Ecosocialism: From Deep Ecology to Social Justice, which critiques the current approach of many within green politics, particularly deep ecologists.[485] Currently, many green parties around the world, such as the Dutch Green Left Party (GroenLinks), contain strong eco-socialist elements. Radical red-green alliances have been formed in many countries by eco-socialists, radical greens and other radical left groups. In Denmark, the Red-Green Alliance was formed as a coalition of numerous radical parties. Within the European Parliament, a number of far-left parties from Northern Europe have organised themselves into the Nordic Green Left Alliance.

SYNDICALISM

trong eco-socialist elements. Radical red-green alliances have been formed in many countries by eco-socialists, radical greens and other radical left groups. In Denmark, the Red-Green Alliance was formed as a coalition of numerous radical parties. Within the European Parliament, a number of far-left parties from Northern Europe have organised themselves into the Nordic Green Left Alliance.

Syndicalism

Main article: Syndicalism

Syndicalism is a social movement that operates through industrial trade unions and rejects state socialism and the use of establishment politics to establish or promote socialism. They reject using state power to construct a socialist society, favouring strategies such as the general strike. Syndicalists advocate a socialist economy based on federated unions or syndicates of workers who own and manage the means of production. Some Marxist currents advocate syndicalism, such as DeLeonism. Anarcho-syndicalism is a theory of anarchism which views syndicalism as a method for workers in capitalist society to gain control of an economy and with that control influence broader society. The Spanish Revolutionlargely orchestrated by the anarcho-syndicalist trade union CNT during the Spanish Civil War offers an historical example.[486] The International Workers’ Association is an international federation of anarcho-syndicalist labour unions and initiatives.

Criticism

Main article: Criticism of socialism

See also

Book: Socialism

List of anti-capitalist and communist parties with national parliamentary representation

List of communist ideologies

List of socialist countries

List of socialist economists

List of socialist songs

Socialism by country

.

EXPOSING’ PEDOGATE’..

EXPOSING PEDOGATE – 

PEDOGATE SRA & ORGANIZED PEDOPHILIA, SATANIC RITUAL CHILD ABUSE, CHILD-SEX-TRAFFICKING IS REAL!



WHAT IS PEDOGATE? 


 

2018-08-07-07-38-362.pngritualized_child_abuse-1.jpg2018-11-14-19-18-07.png2018-11-14-19-18-22.pngimg.pngcomet ping pong logogvigecjk10307441782018-12-20-08-04-35~2sra-us-real_15783542881.jpgimg_20190218_195103_8411634189022.jpgimg_20190228_230530_214705805805.jpg27bc8c001411e7029065b857530c2986-11046510256.jpgebb7ba1844be70997552058a0673aa1a-11811718869.jpgabb1f32ff72db1ef6548c43d36672d05-1453661084.jpgafeeeb54f6852e0a93cfe988be209acf-11252291553.jpgAddText_08-10-02.53.170_FRONT_SATANIC CULT AWARENESSAddText_02-09-01.10.52SRA IS REAL_18img_20190228_230149_477530416540.jpgimg_20190301_233236_29961334033.jpgFREE MASONS.jpgBaal.jpgPizzagate.jpgPedogateBook of the dead-translated into englishBook of the Dead-1the ancient egyptians knew how to unleash the power of the pineal gland _ ancient code1034145415..jpgKundalini.jpgKundalini.jpgPizzagate.jpgPizzagate.jpgPizzagate.jpgSRA IS REAL.jpgSecret Societies.jpgPizzagate.jpgimg_20190207_071650_7941564929439.jpgpizzagate (2)pizzagate (1)AddText_12-18-04.53.02Watergate_Scandal_Card_Game_boxIMG_20180812_024113_080kris parontoPGateDdlP1zPU0AEd1BN0_front page_CULTWATCH.COM2019-03-12-03-19-05~2521774521..png


PEDOVORE, SRA & SATANIC PEDOPHILIA IS REAL! INTRODUCTION TO PEDOVORE

 


These four past years there’s been a explosion of leaked information, concerning; “organized satanic pedophilia”, in America, UK and many other countries, these exposures with extremly violent graphic content. Made it to the top of the most shocking scandals in world history. And it would later be obvious that this was only the beginning, the “entrance”, of the deep, dark (rabbit hole).. Researchers would learn how traumatic the research of all this cruelty against innocent children that is taking place all over the world would become… Draining and horrific is the hard boiled truth…
Truth so horrible.. A million times worse than any of our worse nightmares or what we even could imagine it would be.. The content evidence got the most experinced, tough FBI agents, to cry and vomit, when analyzing the video and photo evidences, and many researchers had to take some time off from their actual research because of the raw cruelty and violent content. Many researchers experienced break downs, despair and others experienced depressions and insomnia.
Despite this most of the researchers kept digging deeper and deeper in this filthy reality, which lead to the expose of a huge group of organized pedophiles rings within the toplevels in society involved with child dz-sex-trafficking, kidnapping, rape, torture, murder, cannibalism of children. The names of with connections on top level of the White House in Washington DC, former president Bill Clinton, Barack Obama, election candidate for 2017’s politicial rally Hillary Clinton and her team of campagne assistents and asscociates. While thos been explored by freelanced journalists and freethinking authors, researchers and truthseekers, it has grown and spread like a bad dark tumor and many more names have been revealed and confirmed to be connected in what in the beginning was called “Pizzagate”, but later became pedogate and now is refered to as Pedovore, with strings tangled deep, dark and filthier than any scandal known from history worldwide. And the indictments have been hailing like the worst hailstprm since Donald Trump took office and started cleaning up in the luciferian elite bloodline familes, the deepstate, CIA’s and the secret societies evil, disgusting actions and future agenda.

 


Article from: CULTWATCH.COM — FBI REPORT – SATANIC RITUAL ABUSE

From the same FBI unit depicted in the movie Silence of the Lambs this FBI Behavioral Science Unit Report into Satanic Ritual Abuse is objective and revealing. Cultwatch recommends that any law enforcement officer considering acting against someone accused of Satanic Ritual Abuse first read this report in it’s entirety.

1992 FBI Report – Satanic Ritual Abuse
by Kenneth V. Lanning, Supervisory Special Agent Behavioral Science Unit National Center for the Analysis of Violent Crime

INTRODUCTION

Since 1981 I have been assigned to the Behavioral Science Unit at the FBI Academy in Quantico, Virginia, and have specialized in studying all aspects of the sexual victimization of children. The FBI Behavioral Science Unit provides assistance to criminal justice professionals in the United States and foreign countries. It attempts to develop practical applications of the behavioral sciences to the criminal justice system. As a result of training and research conducted by the Unit and its successes in analyzing violent crime, many professionals contact the Behavioral Science Unit for assistance and guidance in dealing with violent crime, especially those cases considered different, unusual, or bizarre. This service is provided at no cost and is not limited to crimes under the investigative jurisdiction of the FBI.

In 1983 and 1984, when I first began to hear stories of what sounded like satanic or occult activity in connection with allegations of sexual victimization of children (allegations that have come to be referred to most often as “ritual” child abuse,) I tended to believe them. I had been dealing with bizarre, deviant behavior for many years and had long since realized that almost anything is possible. Just when you think that you have heard it all, along comes another strange case.

The idea that there are a few cunning, secretive individuals in positions of power somewhere in this country regularly killing a few people as part of some satanic ritual or ceremony and getting away with it is certainly within the realm of possibility. But the number of alleged cases began to grow and grow. We now have hundreds of victims alleging that thousands of offenders are abusing and even murdering tens of thousands of people as part of organized satanic cults, and there is little or no corroborative evidence. The very reason many “experts” cite for believing these allegations (i.e. many victims, who never met each other, reporting the same events,) is the primary reason I began to question at least some aspects of these allegations.

I have devoted more than seven years part-time, and eleven years full-time, of my professional life to researching, training, and consulting in the area of the sexual victimization of children. The issues of child sexual abuse and exploitation are a big part of my professional life’s work. I have no reason to deny their existence or nature. In fact I have done everything I can to make people more aware of the problem. Some have even blamed me for helping to create the hysteria that has led to these bizarre allegations. I can accept no outside income and am paid the same salary by the FBI whether or not children are abused and exploited – and whether the number is one or one million. As someone deeply concerned about and professionally committed to the issue, I did not lightly question the allegations of hundreds of victims child sexual abuse and exploitation.

In response to accusations by a few that I am a “satanist” who has infiltrated the FBI to facilitate cover-up, how does anyone (or should anyone have to) disprove such allegations? Although reluctant to dignify such absurd accusations with a reply, all I can say to those who have made such allegations that they are wrong and to those who heard such allegations is to carefully consider the source.

The reason I have taken the position I have is not because I support or believe in “satanism,” but because I sincerely believe that my approach is the proper and most effective investigative strategy. I believe that my approach is in the best interest of victims of child sexual abuse. It would have been easy to sit back, as many have, and say nothing publicly about this controversy. I have spoken out and published on this issue because I am concerned about the credibility of the child sexual abuse issue and outraged that, in some cases, individuals are getting away with molesting children because we can’t prove they are satanic devil worshippers who engage in brainwashing, human sacrifice, and cannibalism as part of a large conspiracy.

There are many valid perspectives from which to assess and evaluate victim allegations of sex abuse and exploitation. Parents may choose to believe simply because their children make the claims. The level of proof necessary may be minimal because the consequences of believing are within the family. One parent correctly told me, “I believe what my child needs me to believe”.

Therapists may choose to believe simply because their professional assessment is that their patient believes the victimization and describes it so vividly. The level of proof necessary may be no more than therapeutic evaluation because the consequences are between therapist and patient. No independent corroboration may be required.

A social worker must have more real, tangible evidence of abuse in order to take protective action and initiate legal proceedings. The level of proof necessary must be higher because the consequences (denial of visitation, foster care) are greater.

The law enforcement officer deals with the criminal justice system. The levels of proof necessary are reasonable suspicion, probable cause, and beyond a reasonable doubt because the consequences (criminal investigation, search and seizure, arrest, incarceration) are so great. This discussion will focus primarily on the criminal justice system and the law enforcement perspective. The level of proof necessary for taking action on allegations of criminal acts must be more than simply the victim alleged it and it is possible. This in no way denies the validity and importance of the parental, therapeutic, social welfare, or any other perspective of these allegations.

When, however, therapists and other professionals begin to conduct training, publish articles, and communicate through the media, the consequences become greater, and therefore the level of proof must be greater. The amount of corroboration necessary to act upon allegations of abuse is dependent upon the consequences of such action. We need to be concerned about the distribution and publication of unsubstantiated allegations of bizarre sexual abuse. Information needs to be disseminated to encourage communication and research about the phenomena. The risks, however, of intervenor and victim “contagion” and public hysteria are potential negative aspects of such dissemination. Because of the highly emotional and religious nature of this topic, there is a greater possibility that the spreading of information will result in a kind of self- fulfilling prophesy.

If such extreme allegations are going to be disseminated to the general public, they must be presented in the context of being assessed and evaluated, at least, from the professional perspective of the disseminator and, at best, also from the professional perspective of relevant others. This is what I will attempt to do in this discussion. The assessment and evaluation of such allegations are areas where law enforcement, mental health, and other professionals (anthropologists, folklorists, sociologists, historians, engineers, surgeons, etc.) may be of some assistance to each other in validating these cases individually and in general.

HISTORICAL OVERVIEW

In order to attempt to deal with extreme allegations of what constitute child sex rings, it is important to have an historical perspective of society’s attitudes about child sexual abuse. I will provide a brief synopsis of recent attitudes in the United States here, but those desiring more detailed information about such societal attitudes, particularly in other cultures and in the more distant past, should refer to Florence Rush’s book _The Best Kept Secret: Sexual Abuse of Children_ (1980) and Sander J. Breiner’s book _Slaughter of the Innocents_ (1990.)

Society’s attitude about child sexual abuse and exploitation can be summed up in one word: denial. Most people do not want to hear about it and would prefer to pretend that child sexual victimization just does not occur. Today, however, it is difficult to pretend that it does not happen. Stories and reports about child sexual victimization are daily occurrences.

It is important for professionals dealing with child sexual abuse to recognize and learn to manage this denial of a serious problem. Professionals must overcome the denial and encourage society to deal with, report, and prevent sexual victimization of children.

Some professionals, however, in their zeal to make American society more aware of this victimization, tend to exaggerate the problem. Presentations and literature with poorly documented or misleading claims about one in three children being sexually molested, the $5 billion child pornography industry, child slavery rings, and 50,000 stranger-abducted children are not uncommon. The problem is bad enough; it is not necessary to exaggerate it. Professionals should cite reputable and scientific studies and note the sources of information. If they do not, when the exaggerations and distortions are discovered, their credibility and the credibility of the issue are lost.

“STRANGER DANGER”

During the 1950s and 1960s the primary focus in the literature and discussions on sexual abuse of children was on “stranger danger” – the dirty old man in the wrinkled raincoat. If one could not deny the existence of child sexual abuse, one described victimization in simplistic terms of good and evil. The “stranger danger” approach to preventing child sexual abuse is clear-cut. We immediately know who the good guys and bad guys are and what they look like.

The FBI distributed a poster that epitomized this attitude. It showed a man, with his hat pulled down, hiding behind a tree with a bag of candy in his hands. He was waiting for a sweet little girl walking home from school alone. At the top it read: “Boys and Girls, color the page, memorize the rules.” At the bottom it read: “For your protection, remember to turn down gifts from strangers, and refuse rides offered by strangers.” The poster clearly contrasts the evil of the offender with the goodness of the child victim.

The myth of the child molester as the dirty old man in the wrinkled raincoat is now being reevaluated, based on what we now know about the kinds of people who victimize children. The fact is a child molester can look like anyone else and even be someone we know and like.

There is another myth that is still with us and is far less likely to be discussed. This is the myth of the child victim as a completely innocent little girl walking down the street minding her own business. It may be more important to dispel this myth than the myth of the evil offender, especially when talking about the sexual exploitation of children and child sex rings. Child victims can be boys as well as girls, and not all victims are little “angels”.

Society seems to have a problem dealing with any sexual abuse case in which the offender is not completely “bad” or the victim is not completely “good.” Child victims who, for example, simply behave like human beings and respond to the attention and affection of offenders by voluntarily and repeatedly returning to the offender’s home are troubling. It confuses us to see the victims in child pornography giggling or laughing. At professional conferences on child sexual abuse, child prostitution is almost never discussed. It is the form of sexual victimization of children most unlike the stereotype of the innocent girl victim. Child prostitutes, by definition, participate in and often initiate their victimization.

Furthermore child prostitutes and the participants in child sex rings are frequently boys. One therapist recently told me that a researcher’s data on child molestation were misleading because many of the child victims in question were child prostitutes. This implies that child prostitutes are not “real” child victims. In a survey by the _Los Angeles Times_, only 37 percent of those responding thought that child prostitution constituted child sexual abuse (Timnik, 1985.) Whether or not it seems fair, when adults and children have sex, the child is always the victim.

INTRAFAMILIAL CHILD SEXUAL ABUSE

During the 1970s, primarily as a result of the women’s movement, society began to learn more about the sexual victimization of children. We began to realize that most children are sexually molested by someone they know who is usually a relative – a father, step-father, uncle, grandfather, older brother, or even a female relative. Some mitigate the difficulty of accepting this by adopting the view that only members of socio-economic groups other than theirs engage in such behavior.

It quickly became apparent that warnings about not taking gifts from strangers were not good enough to prevent child sexual abuse. Consequently, we began to develop prevention programs based on more complex concepts, such as good touching and bad touching. the “yucky” feeling, and the child’s right to say no. These are not the kinds of things you can easily and effectively communicate in fifty minutes to hundreds of kids packed into a school auditorium. These are very difficult issues, and programs must he carefully developed and evaluated.

In the late 1970s child sexual abuse became almost synonymous with incest, and incest meant father-daughter sexual relations. Therefore, the focus of child sexual abuse intervention became father-daughter incest. Even today, the vast majority of training materials, articles, and books on this topic refer to child sexual abuse only in terms of intrafamilial father-daughter incest.

Incest is, in fact, sexual relations between individuals of any age too closely related to marry. It need not necessarily involve an adult and a child, and it goes beyond child sexual abuse. But more importantly child sexual abuse goes beyond father-daughter incest. Intrafamilial incest between an adult and child may be the most common form of child sexual abuse, but it is not the only form.

The progress of the 1970s in recognizing that child sexual abuse was not simply a result of “stranger danger” was an important breakthrough in dealing with society’s denial. The battle, however, is not over. The persistent voice of society luring us back to the more simple concept of “stranger danger” may never go away. It is the voice of denial.

RETURN TO “STRANGER DANGER”

In the early 1980s the issue of missing children rose to prominence and was focused primarily on the stranger abduction of little children. Runaways, throwaways, noncustodial abductions, nonfamily abductions of teenagers – all major problems within the missing children’s issue – were almost forgotten. People no longer wanted to hear about good touching and bad touching and the child’s right to say “no.” They wanted to be told, in thirty minutes or less, how they could protect their children from abduction by strangers. We were back to the horrible but simple and clear-cut concept of “stranger danger”.

In the emotional zeal over the problem of missing children, isolated horror stories and distorted numbers were sometimes used. The American public was led to believe that most of the missing children had been kidnapped by pedophiles – a new term for child molesters. The media, profiteers, and well-intentioned zealots all played big roles in this hype and hysteria over missing children.

THE ACQUAINTANCE MOLESTER

Only recently has society begun to deal openly with a critical piece in the puzzle of child sexual abuse – acquaintance molestation. This seems to be the most difficult aspect of the problem for us to face. People seem more willing to accept a father or stepfather, particularly one from another socio-economic group, as a child molester than a parish priest, a next-door neighbor, a police officer, a pediatrician, an FBI agent, or a Scout leader. The acquaintance molester, by definition, is one of us. These kinds of molesters have always existed, but our society has not been willing to accept that fact.

Sadly, one of the main reasons that the criminal justice system and the public were forced to confront the problem of acquaintance molestation was the preponderance of lawsuits arising from the negligence of many institutions.

One of the unfortunate outcomes of society’s preference for the “stranger danger” concept is what I call “say no, yell, and tell” guilt. This is the result of prevention programs that tell potential child victims to avoid sexual abuse by saying no, yelling, and telling. This might work with the stranger hiding behind a tree. Adolescent boys seduced by a Scout leader or children who actively participate in their victimization often feel guilty and blame themselves because they did not do what they were “supposed” to do. They may feel a need to describe their victimization in more socially acceptable but sometimes inaccurate ways that relieve them of this guilt.

While American society has become increasingly more aware of the problem of the acquaintance molester and related problems such as child pornography, the voice calling us back to “stranger danger” still persists.

SATANISM: A NEW FORM OF “STRANGER DANGER”

In today’s version of “stranger danger,” it is the satanic devil worshipers who are snatching and victimizing the children. Many who warned us in the early 1980s about pedophiles snatching fifty thousand kids a year now contend they were wrong only about who was doing the kidnapping, not about the number abducted. This is again the desire for the simple and clear-cut explanation for a complex problem.

For those who know anything about criminology, one of the oldest theories of crime is demonology: The devil makes you do it. This makes it even easier to deal with the child molester who is the “pillar of the community.” It is not his fault; it is not our fault. There is no way we could have known; the devil made him do it. This explanation has tremendous appeal because, like “stranger danger,” it presents the clear-cut, black-and-white struggle between good and evil as the explanation for child abduction, exploitation, and abuse.

In regard to satanic “ritual” abuse, today we may not be where we were with incest in the 1960s, but where we were with missing children in the early 1980s. The best data now available (the 1990 _National Incidence Studies on Missing, Abducted, Runaway, and Thrownaway Children in America_) estimate the number of stereotypical child abductions at between 200 and 300 a year, and the number of stranger abduction homicides of children at between 43 and 147 a year. Approximately half of the abducted children are teenagers. Today’s facts are significantly different from yesterday’s perceptions, and those who exaggerated the problem, however well-intentioned, have lost credibility and damaged the reality of the problem.

LAW ENFORCEMENT TRAINING

The belief that there is a connection between satanism and crime is certainly not new. As previously stated, one of the oldest theories concerning the causes of crime is demonology. Fear of satanic or occult activity has peaked from time to time throughout history. Concern in the late 1970s focused primarily on “unexplained” deaths and mutilations of animals, and in recent years has focused on child sexual abuse and the alleged human sacrifice of missing children. In 1999 it will probably focus on the impending “end of the world”.

Today satanism and a wide variety of other terms are used interchangeably in reference to certain crimes. This discussion will analyze the nature of “satanic, occult, ritualistic” crime primarily as it pertains to the abuse of children and focus on appropriate law enforcement responses to it. Recently a flood of law enforcement seminars and conferences have dealt with satanic and ritualistic crime. These training conferences have various titles, such as “Occult in Crime,” “Satanic Cults,” ‘Ritualistic Crime Seminar,” “Satanic Influences in Homicide,” “Occult Crimes, Satanism and Teen Suicide,” and “Ritualistic Abuse of Children”.

The typical conference runs from one to three days, and many of them include the same presenters and instructors. A wide variety of topics are usually discussed during this training either as individual presentations by different instructors or grouped together by one or more instructors.

TYPICAL TOPICS COVERED INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

Historical overview of satanism, witchcraft, and paganism from ancient to modern times. Nature and influence of fantasy role-playing games, such as “Dungeons and Dragons.” Lyrics, symbolism, and influence of rock and roll, Heavy Metal, and Black Metal music. Teenage “stoner” gangs, their symbols, and their vandalism. Teenage suicide by adolescents dabbling in the occult. Crimes committed by self-styled satanic practitioners, including grave and church desecrations and robberies, animal mutilations, and even murders. Ritualistic abuse of children as part of bizarre ceremonies and human sacrifices. Organized, Traditional, or Multigenerational satanic groups involved in organized conspiracies, such as taking over day care centers, infiltrating police departments, and trafficking in human sacrifice victims. The “Big Conspiracy” theory, which implies that satanists are responsible for such things as Adolph Hitler, World War II, abortion, illegal drugs, pornography, Watergate, and Irangate, and have infiltrated the Department of Justice, the Pentagon, and the White House.

During the conferences, these nine areas are linked together through the liberal use of the word “satanism” and some common symbolism (pentagrams, 666, demons, etc.) The implication often is that all are part of a continuum of behavior, a single problem or some common conspiracy. The distinctions among the different areas are blurred even if occasionally a presenter tries to make them. The information presented is a mixture of fact, theory, opinion, fantasy, and paranoia, and because some of it can be proven or corroborated (symbols on rock albums, graffiti on walls, desecration of cemeteries, vandalism, etc.,) the implication is that it is all true and documented. Material produced by religious organizations, photocopies and slides of newspaper articles, and videotapes of tabloid television programs are used to supplement the training and are presented as “evidence” of the existence and nature of the problem.

All of this is complicated by the fact that almost any discussion of satanism and the occult is interpreted in the light of the religious beliefs of those in the audience. Faith, not logic and reason, governs the religious beliefs of most people. As a result, some normally skeptical law enforcement officers accept the information disseminated at these conferences without critically evaluating it or questioning the sources.

Officers who do not normally depend on church groups for law enforcement criminal intelligence, who know that media accounts of their own cases are notoriously inaccurate, and who scoff at and joke about tabloid television accounts of bizarre behavior suddenly embrace such material when presented in the context of satanic activity. Individuals not in law enforcement seem even more likely to do so. Other disciplines, especially therapists, have also conducted training conferences on the characteristics and identification of “ritual” child abuse. Nothing said at such conferences will change the religious beliefs of those in attendance. Such conferences illustrate the highly emotional nature of and the ambiguity and wide variety of terms involved in this issue.

DEFINITIONS

The words “satanic,” “occult,” and “ritual” are often used interchangeably. It is difficult to define “satanism” precisely. No attempt will be made to do so here. However, it is important to realize that, for some people, any religious belief system other than their own is “satanic.” The Ayatollah Khomeini and Saddam Hussein referred to the United States as the “Great Satan.” In the British Parliament a Protestant leader called the Pope the Antichrist. In a book titled _Prepare For War_ (1987,) Rebecca Brown, M.D. has a chapter entitled “Is Roman Catholicism Witchcraft?” Dr. Brown also lists among the “doorways” to satanic power and/or demon infestation the following: fortune tellers, horoscopes, fraternity oaths, vegetarianism, yoga, self-hypnosis, relaxation tapes, acupuncture, biofeedback, fantasy role-playing games, adultery, homosexuality, pornography, judo, karate, and rock music. Dr. Brown states that rock music “was a carefully masterminded plan by none other than Satan himself” (p. 84.) The ideas expressed in this book may seem extreme and even humorous. This book, however, has been recommended as a serious reference in law enforcement training material on this topic. In books, lectures, handout material, and conversations, I have heard all of the following referred to as satanism:

— Church of Satan
— Ordo Templi Orientis
— Temple of Set
— Demonology
— Witchcraft
— Occult
— Paganism
— Santeria
— Voodoo
— Rosicrucians
— Freemasonry
— Knights Templar
— Stoner Gangs
— Heavy Metal Music
— Rock Music
— KKK
— Nazis
— Skinheads
— Scientology
— Unification Church
— The Way
— Hare Krishna
— Rajneesh
— Religious Cults
— New Age
— Astrology
— Channeling
— Transcendental Meditation
— Holistic Medicine
— Buddhism
— Hinduism
— Mormonism
— Islam
— Orthodox Church — Roman Catholicism

At law enforcement training conferences, it is witchcraft, santeria, paganism, and the occult that are most often referred to as forms of satanism. It may be a matter of definition, but these things are not necessarily the same as traditional satanism. The worship of lunar goddesses and nature and the practice of fertility rituals are not satanism. Santeria is a combination of 17th century Roman Catholicism and African paganism.

Occult means simply “hidden.” All unreported or unsolved crimes might be regarded as occult, but in this context the term refers to the action or influence of supernatural powers, some secret knowledge of them, or an interest in paranormal phenomena, and does not imply satanism, evil, wrongdoing, or crime. Indeed, historically, the principal crimes deserving of consideration as “occult crimes” are the frauds perpetrated by faith healers, fortune tellers and “psychics” who for a fee claim cures, arrange visitations with dead loved ones, and commit other financial crimes against the gullible.

Many individuals define satanism from a totally Christian perspective, using this word to describe the power of evil in the world. With this definition, any crimes, especially those which are particularly bizarre, repulsive, or cruel, can be viewed as satanic in nature. Yet it is just as difficult to precisely define satanism as it is to precisely define Christianity or any complex spiritual belief system.

WHAT IS RITUAL?

The biggest confusion is over the word “ritual.” During training conferences on this topic, ritual almost always comes to mean “satanic” or at least “spiritual.” “Ritual” can refer to a prescribed religious ceremony, but in its broader meaning refers to any customarily-repeated act or series of acts. The need to repeat these acts can be cultural, sexual, or psychological as well as spiritual.

Cultural rituals could include such things as what a family eats on Thanksgiving Day, or when and how presents are opened at Christmas. The initiation ceremonies of fraternities, sororities, gangs, and other social clubs are other examples of cultural rituals.

Since 1972 I have lectured about sexual ritual, which is nothing more than repeatedly engaging in an act or series of acts in a certain manner because of a sexual need. In order to become aroused and/or gratified, a person must engage in the act in a certain way. This sexual ritual can include such things as the physical characteristics, age, or gender of the victim, the particular sequence of acts, the bringing or taking of specific objects, and the use of certain words or phrases. This is more than the concept of M.O. (Method of Operation) known to most police officers. M.O. is something done by an offender because it works. Sexual ritual is something done by an offender because of a need. Deviant acts, such as urinating on, defecating on, or even eviscerating a victim, are far more likely to be the result of sexual ritual than religious or “satanic” ritual.

>From a criminal investigative perspective, two other forms of ritualism must be recognized. The _Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders_ (DSM-III-R) (APA, 1987) defines “Obsessive- Compulsive Disorder” as “repetitive, purposeful, and intentional behaviors that are performed in response to an obsession, or according to certain rules or in a stereotyped fashion” (p. 247.) Such compulsive behavior frequently involves rituals. Although such behavior usually involves noncriminal activity such as excessive hand washing or checking that doors are locked, occasionally compulsive ritualism can be part of criminal activity.

Certain gamblers or firesetters, for example, are thought by some authorities to be motivated in part through such compulsions. Ritual can also stem from psychotic hallucinations and delusions. A crime can be committed in a precise manner because a voice told the offender to do it that way or because a divine mission required it.

To make this more confusing, cultural, religious, sexual, and psychological ritual can overlap. Some psychotic people are preoccupied with religious delusions and hear the voice of God or Satan telling them to do things of a religious nature. Offenders who feel little, if any, guilt over their crimes may need little justification for their antisocial behavior. As human beings, however, they may have fears, concerns, and anxiety over getting away with their criminal acts. It is difficult to pray to God for success in doing things that are against His Commandments.

A negative spiritual belief system may fulfill their human need for assistance from and belief in a greater power or to deal with their superstitions. Compulsive ritualism (e.g., excessive cleanliness or fear of disease) can be introduced into sexual behavior. Even many “normal” people have a need for order and predictability and therefore may engage in family or work rituals. Under stress or in times of change, this need for order and ritual may increase.

Ritual crime may fulfill the cultural, spiritual, sexual, and psychological needs of an offender. Crimes may be ritualistically motivated or may have ritualistic elements. The ritual behavior may also fulfill basic criminal needs to manipulate victims, get rid of rivals, send a message to enemies, and intimidate co-conspirators. The leaders of a group may want to play upon the beliefs and superstitions of those around them and try to convince accomplices and enemies that they, the leaders, have special or “supernatural” powers.

The important point for the criminal investigator is to realize that most ritualistic criminal behavior is not motivated simply by satanic or any religious ceremonies. At some conferences, presenters have attempted to make an issue of distinguishing between “ritual,” “ritualized,” and “ritualistic” abuse of children. These subtle distinctions, however, seem to be of no significant value to the criminal investigator.

WHAT IS “RITUAL” CHILD ABUSE?

I cannot define “ritual child abuse” precisely and prefer not to use the term. I am frequently forced to use it (as throughout this discussion) so that people will have some idea what I am discussing. Use of the term, however, is confusing, misleading, and counterproductive. The newer term “satanic ritual abuse” (abbreviated “SRA”) is even worse. Certain observations, however, are important for investigative understanding. Most people today use the term to refer to abuse of children that is part of some evil spiritual belief system, which almost by definition must be satanic.

Dr. Lawrence Pazder, coauthor of _Michelle Remembers_, defines “ritualized abuse of children” as “repeated physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual assaults combined with a systematic use of symbols and secret ceremonies designed to turn a child against itself, family, society, and God” (presentation, Richmond, Va., May 7,1987.) He also states that “the sexual assault has ritualistic meaning and is not for sexual gratification.”

This definition may have value for academics, sociologists, and therapists, but it creates potential problems for law enforcement. Certain acts engaged in with children (i.e. kissing, touching, appearing naked, etc.) may be criminal if performed for sexual gratification. If the ritualistic acts were in fact performed for spiritual indoctrination, potential prosecution can be jeopardized, particularly if the acts can be defended as constitutionally protected religious expression. The mutilation of a baby’s genitals for sadistic sexual pleasure is a crime. The circumcision of a baby’s genitals for religious reasons is most likely not a crime. The intent of the acts is important for criminal prosecution.

Not all spiritually motivated ritualistic activity is satanic. Santeria, witchcraft, voodoo, and most religious cults are not satanism. In fact, most spiritually- or religiously-based abuse of children has nothing to do with satanism. Most child abuse that could be termed “ritualistic” by various definitions is more likely to be physical and psychological rather than sexual in nature. If a distinction needs to be made between satanic and nonsatanic child abuse, the indicators for that distinction must be related to specific satanic symbols, artifacts, or doctrine rather than the mere presence of any ritualistic element.

Not all such ritualistic activity with a child is a crime. Almost all parents with religious beliefs indoctrinate their children into that belief system. Is male circumcision for religious reasons child abuse? Is the religious circumcision of females child abuse? Does having a child kneel on a hard floor reciting the rosary constitute child abuse? Does having a child chant a satanic prayer or attend a black mass constitute child abuse? Does a religious belief in corporal punishment constitute child abuse? Does group care of children in a commune or cult constitute child abuse? Does the fact that any acts in question were performed with parental permission affect the nature of the crime? Many ritualistic acts, whether satanic or not, are simply not crimes. To open the Pandora’s box of labeling child abuse as “ritualistic” simply because it involves a spiritual belief system means to apply the definition to all acts by all spiritual belief systems. The day may come when many in the forefront of concern about ritual abuse will regret they opened the box.

When a victim describes and investigation corroborates what sounds like ritualistic activity, several possibilities must be considered. The ritualistic activity may be part of the excessive religiosity of mentally disturbed, even psychotic offenders. It may be a misunderstood part of sexual ritual. The ritualistic activity may be incidental to any real abuse. The offender may be involved in ritualistic activity with a child and also may be abusing a child, but one may have little or nothing to do with the other.

The offender may be deliberately engaging in ritualistic activity with a child as part of child abuse and exploitation. The motivation, however, may be not to indoctrinate the child into a belief system, but to lower the inhibitions of, control, manipulate, and/or confuse the child. In all the turmoil over this issue, it would be very effective strategy for any child molester deliberately to introduce ritualistic elements into his crime in order to confuse the child and therefore the criminal justice system. This would, however, make the activity M.O. and not ritual.

The ritualistic activity and the child abuse may be integral parts of some spiritual belief system. In that case the greatest risk is to the children of the practitioners. But this is true of all cults and religions, not just satanic cults. A high potential of abuse exists for any children raised in a group isolated from the mainstream of society, especially if the group has a charismatic leader whose orders are unquestioned and blindly obeyed by the members. Sex, money, and power are often the main motivations of the leaders of such cults.

WHAT MAKES A CRIME SATANIC, OCCULT, OR RITUALISTIC?

Some would answer that it is the offender’s spiritual beliefs or membership in a cult or church. If that is the criterion, why not label the crimes committed by Protestants, Catholics, and Jews in the same way? Are the atrocities of Jim Jones in Guyana Christian crimes?

Some would answer that it is the presence of certain symbols in the possession or home of the perpetrator. What does it mean then to find a crucifix, Bible, or rosary in the possession or home of a bank robber, embezzler, child molester, or murderer? If different criminals possess the same symbols, are they necessarily part of one big conspiracy?

Others would answer that it is the presence of certain symbols such as pentagrams, inverted crosses, and 666 at the crime scene. What does it mean then to find a cross spray painted on a wall or carved into the body of a victim? What does it mean for a perpetrator, as in one recent case profiled by my Unit, to leave a Bible tied to his murder victim? What about the possibility that an offender deliberately left such symbols to make it look like a “satanic” crime?

Some would argue that it is the bizarreness or cruelness of the crime: body mutilation, amputation, drinking of blood, eating of flesh, use of urine or feces. Does this mean that all individuals involved in lust murder, sadism, vampirism, cannibalism, urophilia, and coprophilia are satanists or occult practitioners? What does this say about the bizarre crimes of psychotic killers such as Ed Gein or Richard Trenton Chase, both of whom mutilated their victims as part of their psychotic delusions? Can a crime that is not sexually deviant, bizarre, or exceptionally violent be satanic? Can white collar crime be satanic?

A few might even answer that it is the fact that the crime was committed on a date with satanic or occult significance (Halloween, May Eve, etc.) or the fact that the perpetrator claims that Satan told him to commit the crime. What does this mean for crimes committed on Thanksgiving or Christmas? What does this say about crimes committed by perpetrators who claim that God or Jesus told them to do it? One note of interest is the fact that in handout and reference material I have collected, the number of dates with satanic or occult significance ranges from 8 to 110.

This is compounded by the fact that it is sometimes stated that satanists can celebrate these holidays on several days on either side of the official date or that the birthdays of practitioners can also be holidays. The exact names and exact dates of the holidays and the meaning of symbols listed may also vary depending on who prepared the material. The handout material is often distributed without identifying the author or documenting the original source of the information. It is then frequently photocopied by attendees and passed on to other police officers with no one really knowing its validity or origin.

Most, however, would probably answer that what makes a crime satanic, occult, or ritualistic is the motivation for the crime. It is a crime that is spiritually motivated by a religious belief system. How then do we label the following true crimes?

Parents defy a court order and send their children to an unlicensed Christian school. Parents refuse to send their children to any school because they are waiting for the second coming of Christ. Parents beat their child to death because he or she will not follow their Christian belief. Parents violate child labor laws because they believe the Bible requires such work. Individuals bomb an abortion clinic or kidnap the doctor because their religious belief system says abortion is murder. A child molester reads the Bible to his victims in order to justify his sex acts with them. Parents refuse life-saving medical treatment for a child because of their religious beliefs. Parents starve and beat their child to death because their minister said the child was possessed by demonic spirits.

Some people would argue that the Christians who committed the above crimes misunderstood and distorted their religion while satanists who commit crimes are following theirs. But who decides what constitutes a misinterpretation of a religious belief system? The individuals who committed the above-described crimes, however misguided, believed that they were following their religion as they understood it. Religion was and is used to justify such social behavior as the Crusades, the Inquisition, Apartheid, segregation, and recent violence in Northern Ireland, India, Lebanon and Nigeria.

Who decides exactly what “satanists” believe? In this country, we cannot even agree on what Christians believe. At many law enforcement conferences The _Satanic Bible_ is used for this, and it is often contrasted or compared with the Judeo-Christian Bible. The _Satanic Bible_ is, in essence, a short paperback book written by one man, Anton LaVey, in 1969.

To compare it to a book written by multiple authors over a period of thousands of years is ridiculous, even ignoring the possibility of Divine revelation in the Bible. What satanists believe certainly isn’t limited to other people’s interpretation of a few books. More importantly it is subject to some degree of interpretation by individual believers just as Christianity is. Many admitted “satanists” claim they do not even believe in God, the devil, or any supreme deity. The criminal behavior of one person claiming belief in a religion does not necessarily imply guilt or blame to others sharing that belief. In addition, simply claiming membership in a religion does not necessarily make you a member.

The fact is that far more crime and child abuse has been committed by zealots in the name of God, Jesus, Mohammed, and other mainstream religion than has ever been committed in the name of Satan. Many people, including myself, don’t like that statement, but the truth of it is undeniable.

Although defining a crime as satanic, occult, or ritualistic would probably involve a combination of the criteria set forth above, I have been unable to clearly define such a crime. Each potential definition presents a different set of problems when measured against an objective, rational, and constitutional perspective. In a crime with multiple subjects, each offender may have a different motivation for the same crime. Whose motivation determines the label for the crime? It is difficult to count or track something you cannot even define.

I have discovered, however, that the facts of so-called “satanic crimes” are often significantly different from what is described at training conferences or in the media. The actual involvement of satanism or the occult in these cases usually turns out to be secondary, insignificant, or nonexistent. Occult or ritual crime surveys done by the states of Michigan (1990) and Virginia (1991) have only confirmed this “discovery.” Some law enforcement officers, unable to find serious “satanic” crime in their communities, assume they are just lucky or vigilant and the serious problems must be in other jurisdictions. The officers in the other jurisdictions, also unable find it, assume the same.

MULTIDIMENSIONAL CHILD SEX RINGS

Sometime in early 1983 I was first contacted by a law enforcement agency for guidance in what was then thought to be an unusual case. The exact date of the contact is unknown because its significance was not recognized at the time. In the months and years that followed, I received more and more inquiries about “these kinds of cases.” The requests for assistance came (and continue to come) from all over the United States. Many of the aspects of these cases varied, but there were also some commonalties. Early on, however, one particularly difficult and potentially significant issue began to emerge.

These cases involved and continue to involve unsubstantiated allegations of bizarre activity that are difficult either to prove or disprove. Many of the unsubstantiated allegations, however, do not seem to have occurred or even seem to be possible. These cases seem to call into question the credibility of victims of child sexual abuse and exploitation. These are the most polarizing, frustrating, and baffling cases I have encountered in more than 18 years of studying the criminal aspects of deviant sexual behavior. I privately sought answers, but said nothing publicly about those cases until 1985.

In October 1984 the problems in investigating and prosecuting one of these cases in Jordan, Minnesota became publicly known. In February 1985, at the FBI Academy, the FBI sponsored and I coordinated the first national seminar held to study “these kinds of cases.” Later in 1985, similar conferences sponsored by other organizations were held in Washington, D.C.; Sacramento, California; and Chicago, Illinois. These cases have also been discussed at many recent regional and national conferences dealing with the sexual victimization of children and Multiple Personality Disorder. Few answers have come from these conferences. I continue to be contacted on these cases on a regular basis. Inquiries have been received from law enforcement officers, prosecutors, therapists, victims, families of victims, and the media from all over the United States and now foreign countries. I do not claim to understand completely all the dynamics of these cases. I continue to keep an open mind and to search for answers to the questions and solutions to the problems they pose. This discussion is based on my analysis of the several hundred of “these kinds of cases” on which I have consulted since 1983.

DYNAMICS OF CASES

What are “these kinds of cases?” They were and continue to be difficult to define. They all involve allegations of what sounds like child sexual abuse, but with a combination of some atypical dynamics. These cases seem to have the following four dynamics in common: (1) multiple young victims, (2) multiple offenders, (3) fear as the controlling tactic, and (4) bizarre or ritualistic activity.

—- (1) MULTIPLE YOUNG VICTIMS

In almost all the cases the sexual abuse was alleged to have taken place or at least begun when the victims were between the ages of birth and six. This very young age may be an important key to understanding these cases. In addition the victims all described multiple children being abused. The numbers ranged from three or four to as many as several hundred victims.

—- (2) MULTIPLE OFFENDERS

In almost all the cases the victims reported numerous offenders. The numbers ranged from two or three all the way up to dozens of offenders. In one recent case the victims alleged 400-500 offenders were involved. Interestingly many of the offenders (perhaps as many as 40-50 percent) were reported to be females. The multiple offenders were often family members and were described as being part of a cult, occult, or satanic group.

—- (3) FEAR AS CONTROLLING TACTIC

Child molesters in general are able to maintain control and ensure the secrecy of their victims in a variety of ways. These include attention and affection, coercion, blackmail, embarrassment, threats, and violence. In almost all of these cases I have studied, the victims described being frightened and reported threats against themselves, their families, their friends, and even their pets. They reported witnessing acts of violence perpetrated to reinforce this fear. It is my belief that this fear and the traumatic memory of the events may be another key to understanding many of these cases.

—- (4) BIZARRE OR RITUALISTIC ACTIVITY

This is the most difficult dynamic of these cases to describe. “Bizarre” is a relative term. Is the use of urine or feces in sexual activity bizarre, or is it a well-documented aspect of sexual deviancy, or is it part of established satanic rituals? As previously discussed, the ritualistic aspect is even more difficult to define. How do you distinguish acts performed in a precise manner to enhance or allow sexual arousal from those acts that fulfill spiritual needs or comply with “religious” ceremonies? Victims in these cases report ceremonies, chanting, robes and costumes, drugs, use of urine and feces, animal sacrifice, torture, abduction, mutilation, murder, and even cannibalism and vampirism. All things considered, the word “bizarre” is probably preferable to the word “ritual” to describe this activity.

When I was contacted on these cases, it was very common for a prosecutor or investigator to say that the alleged victims have been evaluated by an “expert” who will stake his or her professional reputation on the fact that the victims are telling the “truth.” When asked how many cases this expert had previously evaluated involving these four dynamics, the answer was always the same: none! The experts usually had only dealt with one-on-one intrafamilial sexual abuse cases. Recently an even more disturbing trend has developed. More and more of the victims have been identified or evaluated by experts who have been trained to identify and specialize in satanic ritual abuse.

CHARACTERISTICS OF MULTIDIMENSIONAL CHILD SEX RINGS

As previously stated, a major problem in communicating, training, and researching in this area is the term used to define “these kinds of cases.” Many refer to them as “ritual, ritualistic, or ritualized abuse of children cases” or “satanic ritual abuse (SRA) cases.” Such words carry specialized meanings for many people and might imply that all these cases are connected to occult or satanic activity. If ritual abuse is not necessarily occult or satanic, but is “merely” severe, repeated, prolonged abuse, why use a term that, in the minds of so many, implies such specific motivation?

Others refer to these cases as “multioffender/multivictim cases”. The problem with this term is that most multiple offender and victim cases do not involve the four dynamics discussed above.

For want of a better term, I have decided to refer to “these kinds of cases” as “multidimensional child sex rings.” Right now I seem to be the only one using this term. I am, however, not sure if this is truly a distinct kind of child sex ring case or just a case not properly handled.

Following are the general characteristics of these multidimensional child sex ring cases as contrasted with more common historical child sex ring cases [see my monograph _Child Sex Rings: A Behavioral Analysis] (1989) for a discussion of the characteristics of historical child sex ring cases]. [NOTE: Monograph is available in PDF format through the link given — flr]

—- (1) FEMALE OFFENDERS

As many as 40-50 percent of the offenders in these cases are reported to be women. This is in marked contrast to historical child sex rings in which almost all the offenders are men.

—- (2) SITUATIONAL MOLESTERS

The offenders appear to be sexually interacting with the child victims for reasons other than a true sexual preference for children. The children are substitute victims, and the abusive activity may have little to do with pedophilia [see my monograph _Child Molesters: A Behavioral Analysis_ (1987) for a further explanation about types of molesters]. [NOTE: The monograph is available in PDF format through the link offered — flr]

—- (3) MALE AND FEMALE VICTIMS

Both boys and girls appear to be targeted, but with an apparent preference for girls. Almost all the adult survivors are female, but day care cases frequently involve male as well as female victims. The most striking characteristic of the victims, however, is their young age (generally birth to six years old when the abuse began.)

—- (4) MULTIDIMENSIONAL MOTIVATION

Sexual gratification appears to be only part of the motivation for the “sexual” activity. Many people today argue that the motivation is “spiritual” – possibly part of an occult ceremony. It is my opinion that the motivation may have more to do with anger, hostility, rage and resentment carried out against weak and vulnerable victims. Much of the ritualistic abuse of children may not be sexual in nature. Some of the activity may, in fact, be physical abuse directed at sexually-significant body parts (penis, anus, nipples.) This may also partially explain the large percentage of female offenders. Physical abuse of children by females is well- documented.

—- (5) PORNOGRAPHY AND PARAPHERNALIA

Although many of the victims of multidimensional child sex rings claim that pictures and videotapes of the activity were made, no such visual record has been found by law enforcement. In recent years, American law enforcement has seized large amounts of child pornography portraying children in a wide variety of sexual activity and perversions. None of it, however, portrays the kind of bizarre and/or ritualistic activity described by these victims. Perhaps these offenders use and store their pornography and paraphernalia in ways different from preferential child molesters (pedophiles.) This is an area needing additional research and investigation.

—- (6) CONTROL THROUGH FEAR

Control through fear may be the overriding characteristic of these cases. Control is maintained by frightening the children. A very young child might not be able to understand the significance of much of the sexual activity but certainly understands fear. The stories that the victims tell may be their perceived versions of severe traumatic memories. They may be the victims of a severely traumatized childhood in which being sexually abused was just one of the many negative events affecting their lives.

SCENARIOS

Multidimensional child sex rings typically emerge from one of four scenarios: (1) adult survivors, (2) day care cases, (3) family/isolated neighborhood cases, and (4) custody/visitation disputes.

—- (1) ADULT SURVIVORS

In adult survivor cases, adults of almost any age – nearly always women – are suffering the consequences of a variety of personal problems and failures in their lives (e.g., promiscuity, eating disorders, drug and alcohol abuse, failed relationships, self- mutilation, unemployment.) As a result of some precipitating stress or crisis, they often seek therapy. They are frequently hypnotized, intentionally or unintentionally, as part of the therapy and are often diagnosed as suffering from Multiple Personality Disorder. Gradually, during the therapy, the adults reveal previously unrecalled memories of early childhood victimization that includes multiple victims and offenders, fear as the controlling tactic, and bizarre or ritualistic activity. Adult survivors may also claim that “cues” from certain events in their recent life “triggered” the previously repressed memories.

The multiple offenders are often described as members of a cult or satanic group. Parents, family members, clergy, civic leaders, police officers (or individuals wearing police uniforms,) and other prominent members of society are frequently described as present at and participating in the exploitation. The alleged bizarre activity often includes insertion of foreign objects, witnessing mutilations, and sexual acts and murders being filmed or photographed. The offenders may allegedly still be harassing or threatening the victims. They report being particularly frightened on certain dates and by certain situations. In several of these cases, women (called “breeders”) claim to have had babies that were turned over for human sacrifice. This type of case is probably best typified by books like _Michelle Remembers_ (Smith & Pazder, 1980,) _Satan’s Underground_ (Stratford, 1988,) and _Satan’s Children_ (Mayer, 1991.)

If and when therapists come to believe the patient or decide the law requires it, the police or FBI are sometimes contacted to conduct an investigation. The therapists may also fear for their safety because they now know the “secret.” The therapists will frequently tell law enforcement that they will stake their professional reputation on the fact that their patient is telling the truth. Some adult survivors go directly to law enforcement. They may also go from place to place in an effort to find therapists or investigators who will listen to and believe them. Their ability to provide verifiable details varies and many were raised in apparently religious homes. A few adult survivors are now reporting participation in specific murders or child abductions that are known to have taken place.

—- (2) DAY CARE CASES

In day care cases children currently or formerly attending a day care center gradually describe their victimization at the center and at other locations to which they were taken by the day care staff. The cases include multiple victims and offenders, fear, and bizarre or ritualistic activity, with a particularly high number of female offenders. Descriptions of strange games, insertion of foreign objects, killing of animals, photographing of activities, and wearing of costumes are common. The accounts of the young children, however, do not seem to be quite as “bizarre” as those of the adult survivors, with fewer accounts of human sacrifice.

—- (3) FAMILY/ISOLATED NEIGHBORHOOD CASES

In family/isolated neighborhood cases, children describe their victimization within their family or extended family. The group is often defined by geographic boundary, such as a cul-de-sac, apartment building, or isolated rural setting. Such accounts are most common in rural or suburban communities with high concentrations of religiously conservative people. The stories are similar to those told of the day care setting, but with more male offenders. The basic dynamics remain the same, but victims tend to be more than six years of age, and the scenario may also involve a custody or visitation dispute.

—- (4) CUSTODY/VISITATION DISPUTE

In custody/visitation dispute cases, the allegations emanate from a custody or visitation dispute over at least one child under the age of seven. The four dynamics described above make these cases extremely difficult to handle. When complicated by the strong emotions of this scenario, the cases can be overwhelming. This is especially true if the disclosing child victims have been taken into the “underground” by a parent during the custody or visitation dispute. Some of these parents or relatives may even provide authorities with diaries or tapes of their interviews with the children. An accurate evaluation and assessment of a young child held in isolation in this underground while being “debriefed” by a parent or someone else is almost impossible. However well-intentioned, these self-appointed investigators severely damage any chance to validate these cases objectively.

WHY ARE VICTIMS ALLEGING THINGS THAT DO NOT SEEM TO BE TRUE?

Some of what the victims in these cases allege is physically impossible (victim cut up and put back together, offender took the building apart and then rebuilt it); some is possible but improbable (human sacrifice, cannibalism, vampirism ); some is possible and probable (child pornography, clever manipulation of victims); and some is corroborated (medical evidence of vaginal or anal trauma, offender confessions.)

The most significant crimes being alleged that do not seem to be true are the human sacrifice and cannibalism by organized satanic cults. In none of the multidimensional child sex ring cases of which I am aware have bodies of the murder victims been found – in spite of major excavations where the abuse victims claim the bodies were located. The alleged explanations for this include: the offenders moved the bodies after the children left, the bodies were burned in portable high-temperature ovens, the bodies were put in double- decker graves under legitimately buried bodies, a mortician member of the cult disposed of the bodies in a crematorium, the offenders ate the bodies, the offenders used corpses and aborted fetuses, or the power of Satan caused the bodies to disappear.

Not only are no bodies found, but also, more importantly, there is no physical evidence that a murder took place. Many of those not in law enforcement do not understand that, while it is possible to get rid of a body, it is even more difficult to get rid of the physical evidence that a murder took place, especially a human sacrifice involving sex, blood, and mutilation. Such activity would leave behind trace evidence that could be found using modern crime scene processing techniques in spite of extraordinary efforts to clean it up.

The victims of these human sacrifices and murders are alleged to be abducted missing children, runaway and throwaway children, derelicts, and the babies of breeder women. It is interesting to note that many of those espousing these theories are using the long- since-discredited numbers and rhetoric of the missing children hysteria in the early 1980s. Yet “Stranger-Abduction Homicides of Children,” a January 1989 _Juvenile Justice Bulletin_, published by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention of the U.S. Department of Justice, reports that researchers now estimate that the number of children kidnapped and murdered by nonfamily members is between 52 and 158 a year and that adolescents 14 to 17 years old account for nearly two-thirds of these victims. These figures are also consistent with the 1990 National Incident Studies previously mentioned.

We live in a very violent society, and yet we have “only” about 23,000 murders a year. Those who accept these stories of mass human sacrifice would have us believe that the satanists and other occult practitioners are murdering more than twice as many people every year in this country as all the other murderers combined.

In addition, in none of the cases of which I am aware has any evidence of a well-organized satanic cult been found. Many of those who accept the stories of organized ritual abuse of children and human sacrifice will tell you that the best evidence they now have is the consistency of stories from all over America. It sounds like a powerful argument. It is interesting to note that, without having met each other, the hundreds of people who claim to have been abducted by aliens from outer space also tell stories and give descriptions of the aliens that are similar to each other. This is not to imply that allegations of child abuse are in the same category as allegations of abduction by aliens from outer space. It is intended only to illustrate that individuals who never met each other can sometimes describe similar events without necessarily having experienced them.

The large number of people telling the same story is, in fact, the biggest reason to doubt these stories. It is simply too difficult for that many people to commit so many horrendous crimes as part of an organized conspiracy. Two or three people murder a couple of children in a few communities as part of a ritual, and nobody finds out? Possible. Thousands of people do the same thing to tens of thousands of victims over many years? Not likely. Hundreds of communities all over America are run by mayors, police departments, and community leaders who are practicing satanists and who regularly murder and eat people? Not likely.

In addition, these community leaders and high-ranking officials also supposedly commit these complex crimes leaving no evidence, and at the same time function as leaders and managers while heavily involved in using illegal drugs. Probably the closest documented example of this type of alleged activity in American history is the Ku Klux Klan, which ironically used Christianity, not satanism, to rationalize its activity but which, as might be expected, was eventually infiltrated by informants and betrayed by its members.

As stated, initially I was inclined to believe the allegations of the victims. But as the cases poured in and the months and years went by, I became more concerned about the lack of physical evidence and corroboration for many of the more serious allegations. With increasing frequency I began to ask the question: “Why are victims alleging things that do not seem to be true?” Many possible answers were considered.

The first possible answer is obvious: clever offenders. The allegations may not seem to be true but they are true. The criminal justice system lacks the knowledge, skill, and motivation to get to the bottom of this crime conspiracy. The perpetrators of this crime conspiracy are clever, cunning individuals using sophisticated mind control and brainwashing techniques to control their victims. Law enforcement does not know how to investigate these cases.

It is technically possible that these allegations of an organized conspiracy involving taking over day care centers, abduction, cannibalism, murder, and human sacrifice might be true. But if they are true, they constitute one of the greatest crime conspiracies in history. Many people do not understand how difficult it is to commit a conspiracy crime involving numerous co-conspirators. One clever and cunning individual has a good chance of getting away with a well- planned interpersonal crime. Bring one partner into the crime and the odds of getting away with it drop considerably. The more people involved in the crime, the harder it is to get away with it. Why? Human nature is the answer. People get angry and jealous. They come to resent the fact that another conspirator is getting “more” than they. They get in trouble and want to make a deal for themselves by informing on others.

If a group of individuals degenerate to the point of engaging in human sacrifice, murder, and cannibalism, that would most likely be the beginning of the end for such a group. The odds are that someone in the group would have a problem with such acts and be unable to maintain the secret.

THE APPEAL OF THE SATANIC “CONSPIRACY THEORY”, IS TWOFOLD:

—- (1) First, it is a simple explanation for a complex problem. Nothing is more simple than “the devil made them do it.” If we do not understand something, we make it the work of some supernatural force. During the Middle Ages, serial killers were thought to be vampires and werewolves, and child sexual abuse was the work of demons taking the form of parents and clergy. Even today, especially for those raised to religiously believe so, satanism offers an explanation as to why “good” people do bad things. It may also help to “explain” unusual, bizarre, and compulsive sexual urges and behavior.

—- (2) Second, the conspiracy theory is a popular one. We find it difficult to believe that one bizarre individual could commit a crime we find so offensive. Conspiracy theories about soldiers missing in action (MIAs,) abductions by UFOs, Elvis Presley sightings, and the assassination of prominent public figures are the focus of much attention in this country. These conspiracy theories and allegations of ritual abuse have the following in common: (1) self-proclaimed experts, (2) tabloid media interest, (3) belief the government is involved in a coverup, and (4) emotionally involved direct and indirect victim/witnesses.

On a recent television program commemorating the one hundredth anniversary of Jack the Ripper, almost fifty percent of the viewing audience who called the polling telephone numbers indicated that they thought the murders were committed as part of a conspiracy involving the British Royal Family. The five experts on the program, however, unanimously agreed the crimes were the work of one disorganized but lucky individual who was diagnosed as a paranoid schizophrenic. In many ways, the murders of Jack the Ripper are similar to those allegedly committed by satanists today.

If your child’s molestation was perpetrated by a sophisticated satanic cult, there is nothing you could have done to prevent it and therefore no reason to feel any guilt. I have been present when parents who believe their children were ritually abused at day care centers have told others that the cults had sensors in the road, lookouts in the air, and informers everywhere; therefore, the usually recommended advice of unannounced visits to the day care center would be impossible.

ALTERNATIVE EXPLANATIONS

Even if only part of an allegation is not true, what then is the answer to the question “Why are victims alleging things that do not seem to be true?” After consulting with psychiatrists, psychologists, anthropologists, therapists, social workers, child sexual abuse experts, and law enforcement investigators for more than eight years, I can find no single, simple answer. The answer to the question seems to be a complex set of dynamics that can be different in each case. In spite of the fact that some skeptics keep looking for it, there does not appear to be one answer to the question that fits every case. Each case is different, and each case may involve a different combination of answers.

I have identified a series of possible alternative answers to this question. The alternative answers also do not preclude the possibility that clever offenders are sometimes involved. I will not attempt to explain completely these alternative answers because I cannot. They are presented simply as areas for consideration and evaluation by child sexual abuse intervenors, for further elaboration by experts in these fields, and for research by objective social scientists. The first step, however, in finding the answers to this question is to admit the possibility that some of what the victims describe may not have happened. Some child advocates seem unwilling to do this.

PATHOLOGICAL DISTORTION

The first possible answer to why victims are alleging things that do not seem to be true is pathological distortion. The allegations may be errors in processing reality influenced by underlying mental disorders such as dissociative disorders, borderline or histrionic personality disorders, or psychosis. These distortions may be manifested in false accounts of victimization in order to gain psychological benefits such as attention and sympathy (factitious disorder.) When such individuals repeatedly go from place to place or person to person making these false reports of their own “victimization,” it is called Munchausen Syndrome.

When the repealed false reports concern the “victimization” of their children or others linked to them, it is called Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy. I am amazed when some therapists state that they believe the allegations because they cannot think of a reason why the “victim,” whose failures are now explained and excused or who is now the center of attention at a conference or on a national television program, would lie. If you can be forgiven for mutilating and killing babies, you can be forgiven for anything.

Many “victims” may develop pseudomemories of their victimization and eventually come to believe the events actually occurred. Noted forensic psychiatrist Park E. Dietz (personal communication, Nov. 1991) states:

“Pseudomemories have been acquired through dreams (particularly if one is encouraged to keep a journal or dream diary and to regard dream content as ‘clues’ about the past or as snippets of history,) substance-induced altered states of consciousness (alcohol or other drugs,) group influence (particularly hearing vivid accounts of events occurring to others with whom one identifies emotionally such as occurs in incest survivor groups,) reading vivid accounts of events occurring to others with whom one identifies emotionally, watching such accounts in films or on television, and hypnosis. The most efficient means of inducing pseudomemories is hypnosis.

“It is characteristic of pseudomemories that the recollections of complex events (as opposed to a simple unit of information, such as a tag number) are incomplete and without chronological sequence. Often the person reports some uncertainty because the pseudomemories are experienced in a manner they describe as ‘hazy’, ‘fuzzy’, or ‘vague’. They are often perplexed that they recall some details vividly but others dimly.

“Pseudomemories are not delusions. When first telling others of pseudomemories, these individuals do not have the unshakable but irrational conviction that deluded subjects have, but with social support they often come to defend vigorously the truthfulness of the pseudomemories.

“Pseudomemories are not fantasies, but may incorporate elements from fantasies experienced in the past. Even where the events described are implausible, listeners may believe them because they are reported with such intense affect (i.e. with so much emotion attached to the story) that the listener concludes that the events must have happened because no one could ‘fake’ the emotional aspects of the retelling. It also occurs, however, that persons report pseudomemories in such a matter-of-fact and emotionless manner that mental health professionals conclude that the person has ‘dissociated’ intellectual knowledge of the events from emotional appreciation of their impact”.

TRAUMATIC MEMORY

The second possible answer is traumatic memory. Fear and severe trauma can cause victims to distort reality and confuse events. This is a well-documented fact in cases involving individuals taken hostage or in life-and-death situations. The distortions may be part of an elaborate defense mechanism of the mind called “splitting” – The victims create a clear-cut good-and-evil manifestation of their complex victimization that is then psychologically more manageable.

Through the defense mechanism of dissociation, the victim may escape the horrors of reality by inaccurately processing that reality. In a dissociative state a young child who ordinarily would know the difference might misinterpret a film or video as reality.

Another defense mechanism may tell the victim that it could have been worse, and so his or her victimization was not so bad. They are not alone in their victimization – other children were also abused. Their father who abused them is no different from other prominent people in the community they claim also abused them. Satanism may help to explain why their outwardly good and religious parents did such terrible things to them in the privacy of their home. Their religious training may convince them that such unspeakable acts by supposedly “good” people must be the work of the devil. The described human sacrifice may be symbolic of the “death” of their childhood.

It may be that we should anticipate that individuals severely abused as very young children by multiple offenders with fear as the primary controlling tactic will distort and embellish their victimization. Perhaps a horror-filled yet inaccurate account of victimization is not only not a counterindication of abuse, but is in fact a corroborative indicator of extreme physical, psychological, and/or sexual abuse. I do not believe it is a coincidence nor the result of deliberate planning by satanists that in almost all the cases of ritual abuse that have come to my attention, the abuse is alleged to have begun prior to the age of seven and perpetrated by multiple offenders.

It may well be that such abuse, at young age by multiple offenders, is the most difficult to accurately recall with the specific and precise detail needed by the criminal justice system, and the most likely to be distorted and exaggerated when it is recalled. In her book _Too Scared to Cry_ (1990,) child psychiatrist Lenore Terr, a leading expert on psychic trauma in childhood, states “that a series of early childhood shocks might not be fully and accurately ‘reconstructed’ from the dreams and behaviors of the adult” (p. 5.)

NORMAL CHILDHOOD FEARS AND FANTASY

The third possible answer may be normal childhood fears and fantasy. Most young children are afraid of ghosts and monsters. Even as adults, many people feel uncomfortable, for example, about dangling their arms over the side of their bed. They still remember the “monster” under the bed from childhood. While young children may rarely invent stories about sexual activity, they might describe their victimization in terms of evil as they understand it. In church or at home, children may be told of satanic activity as the source of evil. The children may be “dumping” all their fears and worries unto an attentive and encouraging listener.

Children do fantasize. Perhaps whatever causes a child to allege something impossible (such as being cut up and put back together) is similar to what causes a child to allege something possible but improbable (such as witnessing another child being chopped up and eaten.)

MISPERCEPTION, CONFUSION, AND TRICKERY

Misperception, confusion, and trickery may be a fourth answer. Expecting young children to give accurate accounts of sexual activity for which they have little frame of reference is unreasonable. The Broadway play _Madame Butterfly_ is the true story of a man who had a 15-year affair, including the “birth” of a baby, with a “woman” who turns out to have been a man all along. If a grown man does not know when he has had vaginal intercourse with a woman, how can we expect young children not to be confused?

Furthermore some clever offenders may deliberately introduce elements of satanism and the occult into the sexual exploitation simply to confuse or intimidate the victims. Simple magic and other techniques may be used to trick the children. Drugs may also be deliberately used to confuse the victims and distort their perceptions. Such acts would then be M.O., not ritual.

As previously stated, the perceptions of young victims may also be influenced by any trauma being experienced. This is the most popular alternative explanation, and even the more zealous believers of ritual abuse allegations use it, but only to explain obviously impossible events.

OVERZEALOUS INTERVENORS

Overzealous intervenors, causing intervenor contagion, may be a fifth answer. These intervenors can include parents, family members, foster parents, doctors, therapists, social workers, law enforcement officers, prosecutors, and any combination thereof. Victims have been subtly as well as overtly rewarded and bribed by usually well- meaning intervenors for furnishing further details. In addition, some of what appears not to have happened may have originated as a result of intervenors making assumptions about or misinterpreting what the victims are saying. The intervenors then repeat, and possibly embellish, these assumptions and misinterpretations, and eventually the victims are “forced” to agree with or come to accept this “official” version of what happened.

The judgment of intervenors may be affected by their zeal to uncover child sexual abuse, satanic activity, or conspiracies. However “well-intentioned,” these overzealous intervenors must accept varying degrees of responsibility for the unsuccessful prosecution of those cases where criminal abuse did occur. This is the most controversial and least popular of the alternative explanations.

URBAN LEGENDS

Allegations of and knowledge about ritualistic or satanic abuse may also be spread through urban legends. In _The Vanishing Hitchhiker_ (1981,) the first of his four books on the topic, Dr. Jan Harold Brunvand defines urban legends as “realistic stories concerning recent events (or alleged events) with an ironic or supernatural twist” (p. xi.) Dr. Brunvand’s books convincingly explain that just because individuals throughout the country who never met each other tell the same story does not mean that it is true.

Absurd urban legends about the corporate logos of Proctor and Gamble and Liz Claiborne being satanic symbols persist in spite of all efforts to refute them with reality. Some urban legends about child kidnappings and other threats to citizens have even been disseminated unknowingly by law enforcement agencies. Such legends have always existed, but today the mass media aggressively participate in their rapid and more efficient dissemination.

Many Americans mistakenly believe that tabloid television shows check out and verify the details of their stories before putting them on the air. Mass hysteria may partially account for large numbers of victims describing the same symptoms or experiences.

Training conferences for all the disciplines involved in child sexual abuse may also play a role in the spread of this contagion. At one child abuse conference I attended, an exhibitor was selling more than 50 different books dealing with satanism and the occult. By the end of the conference, he had sold nearly all of them. At another national child sexual abuse conference, I witnessed more than 100 attendees copying down the widely disseminated 29 “Symptoms Characterizing Satanic Ritual Abuse” in preschool-aged children. Is a four-year-old child’s “preoccupation with urine and feces” an indication of satanic ritual abuse or part of normal development?

COMBINATION

Most multidimensional child sex ring cases probably involve a combination of the answers previously set forth, as well as other possible explanations unknown to me at this time. Obviously, cases with adult survivors are more likely to involve some of these answers than those with young children. Each case of sexual victimization must be individually evaluated on its own merits without any preconceived explanations. All the possibilities must be explored if for no other reason than the fact that the defense attorneys for any accused subjects will almost certainly do so.

Most people would agree that just because a victim tells you one detail that turns out to be true, this does not mean that every detail is true. But many people seem to believe that if you can disprove one part of a victim’s story, then the entire story is false. As previously stated, one of my main concerns in these cases is that people are getting away with sexually abusing children or committing other crimes because we cannot prove that they are members of organized cults that murder and eat people.

I have discovered that the subject of multidimensional child sex rings is a very emotional and polarizing issue. Everyone seems to demand that one choose a side. On one side of the issue are those who say that nothing really happened and it is all a big witch hunt led by overzealous fanatics and incompetent “experts.” The other side says, in essence, that everything happened; victims never lie about child sexual abuse, and so it must be true.

There is a middle ground. It is the job of the professional investigator to listen to all the victims and conduct an appropriate investigation in an effort to find out what happened, considering all possibilities. Not all childhood trauma is abuse. Not all child abuse is a crime. The great frustration of these cases is the fact that you are often convinced that something traumatic happened to the victim, but do not know with any degree of certainty exactly what happened, when it happened, or who did it.

DO VICTIMS LIE ABOUT SEXUAL ABUSE AND EXPLOITATION?

The crucial central issue in the evaluation of a response to cases of multidimensional child sex rings is the statement “Children never lie about sexual abuse or exploitation. If they have details, it must have happened.” This statement, oversimplified by many, is the basic premise upon which some believe the child sexual abuse and exploitation movement is based. It is almost never questioned or debated at training conferences. In fact, during the 1970s, there was a successful crusade to eliminate laws requiring corroboration of child victim statements in child sexual abuse cases. The best way to convict child molesters is to have the child victims testify in court. If we believe them, the jury will believe them. Any challenge to this basic premise was viewed as a threat to the movement and a denial that the problem existed.

I believe that children rarely lie about sexual abuse or exploitation, if a lie is defined as a statement deliberately and maliciously intended to deceive. The problem is the oversimplification of the statement. Just because a child is not lying does not necessarily mean the child is telling the truth. I believe that in the majority of these cases, the victims are not lying. They are telling you what they have come to believe has happened to them. Furthermore the assumption that children rarely lie about sexual abuse does not necessarily apply to everything a child says during a sexual abuse investigation. Stories of mutilation, murder, and cannibalism are not really about sexual abuse.

Children rarely lie about sexual abuse or exploitation, but they do fantasize, furnish false information, furnish misleading information, misperceive events, try to please adults, respond to leading questions, and respond to rewards. Children are not adults in little bodies and do go through developmental stages that must be evaluated and understood. In many ways, however, children are no better and no worse than other victims or witnesses of a crime. They should not be automatically believed, nor should they be automatically disbelieved.

The second part of the statement – if children can supply details, the crime must have happened – must also be carefully evaluated. The details in question in most of the cases of multidimensional child sex rings have little to do with sexual activity. Law enforcement and social workers must do more than attempt to determine how a child could have known about the sex acts. These cases involve determining how a victim could have known about a wide variety of bizarre and ritualistic activity. Young children may know little about specific sex acts, but they may know a lot about monsters, torture, kidnapping, and murder.

Victims may supply details of sexual and other acts using information from sources other than their own direct victimization. Such sources must be evaluated carefully by the investigator of multidimensional child sex rings.

PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE

The victim may have personal knowledge of the sexual or ritual acts, but not as a result of the alleged victimization. The knowledge could have come from viewing pornography, sex education, or occult material; witnessing sexual or ritual activity in the home; or witnessing the sexual abuse of others. It could also have come from having been sexually or physically abused, but by other than the alleged offenders and in ways other than the alleged offense.

OTHER CHILDREN OR VICTIMS

Young children today are socially interacting more often and at a younger age than ever before. Many parents are unable to provide possibly simple explanations for their children’s stories because they were not with the children when the events occurred. They do not even know what videotapes their children may have seen, what games they may have played, or what stories they may have been told or overheard. Children are being placed in day care centers for eight, ten, or twelve hours a day starting as young as six weeks of age. The children share experiences by playing house, school, or doctor. Bodily functions such as urination and defecation are a focus of attention for these young children. To a certain extent, each child shares the experiences of all the other children.

The odds are fairly high that in any typical day care center there might be some children who are victims of incest; victims of physical abuse; victims of psychological abuse; children of cult members (even satanists); children of sexually open parents; children of sexually indiscriminate parents; children of parents obsessed with victimization; children of parents obsessed with the evils of satanism; children without conscience; children with a teenage brother or pregnant mother; children with heavy metal music and literature in the home; children with bizarre toys, games, comics, and magazines; children with a VCR and slasher films in their home; children with access to dial-a-porn, party lines, or pornography; or children victimized by a day care center staff member.

The possible effects of the interaction of such children prior to the disclosure of the alleged abuse must be evaluated, Adult survivors may obtain details from group therapy sessions, support networks, church groups, or self-help groups. The willingness and ability of siblings to corroborate adult survivor accounts of ritual abuse varies. Some will support and partially corroborate the victim’s allegations. Others will vehemently deny them and support their accused parents or relatives.

MEDIA

The amount of sexually explicit, occult, anti-occult, or violence- oriented material available to adults and even children in the modern world is overwhelming. This includes movies, videotapes, television, music, toys, and books. There are also documentaries on satanism, witchcraft, and the occult that are available on videotape. Most of the televangelists have videotapes on the topics that they are selling on their programs.

The National Coalition on Television Violence News (1988) estimates that 12% of the movies produced in the United States can be classified as satanic horror films. Cable television and the home VCR make all this material readily available even to young children. Religious broadcasters and almost all the television tabloid and magazine programs have done shows on satanism and the occult. Heavy metal and black metal music, which often has a satanic theme, is readily available and popular. In addition to the much-debated fantasy role-playing games, there are numerous popular toys on the market with an occult-oriented, bizarre, or violent theme.

Books on satanism and the occult, both fiction and nonfiction, are readily available in most bookstores, especially Christian bookstores. Several recent books specifically discuss the issue of ritual abuse of children. Obviously, very young children do not read this material, but their parents, relatives, and therapists might and then discuss it in front of or with them. Much of the material intended to fight the problem actually fuels the problem and damages effective prosecution.

SUGGESTIONS AND LEADING QUESTIONS

This problem is particularly important in cases stemming from custody/visitation disputes involving at least one child under the age of seven. It is my opinion that most suggestive, leading questioning of children by intervenors is inadvertently done as part of a good-faith effort to learn the truth. Not all intervenors are in equal positions to potentially influence victim allegations. Parents and relatives especially are in a position to subtly influence their young children to describe their victimization in a certain way. Children may also overhear their parents discussing the details of the case. Children often tell their parents what they believe their parents want or need to hear.

Some children may be instinctively attempting to provide “therapy” for their parents by telling them what seems to satisfy them and somehow makes them feel better. In one case a father gave the police a tape recording to “prove” that his child’s statements were spontaneous disclosures and not the result of leading, suggestive questions. The tape recording indicated just the opposite. Why then did the father voluntarily give it to the police? Probably because he truly believed that he was not influencing his child’s statements – but he was.

Therapists are probably in the best position to influence the allegations of adult survivors. The accuracy and reliability of the accounts of adult survivors who have been hypnotized during therapy is certainly open to question. One nationally-known therapist personally told me that the reason police cannot find out about satanic or ritualistic activity from child victims is that they do not know how to ask leading questions.

Highly suggestive books and pictures portraying “satanic” activity have been developed and marketed to therapists for use during evaluation and treatment. Types and styles of verbal interaction useful in therapy may create significant problems in a criminal investigation. It should be noted, however, that when a therapist does a poor investigative interview as part of a criminal investigation, that is the fault of the criminal justice system that allowed it and not the therapist who did it.

The extremely sensitive, emotional, and religious nature of these cases makes problems with leading questions more likely than in other kinds of cases. Intervenors motivated by religious fervor and/or exaggerated concerns about sexual abuse of children are more likely to lose their objectivity.

MISPERCEPTION AND CONFUSION

In one case, a child’s description of the apparently impossible act of walking through a wall turned out to be the very possible act of walking between the studs of an unfinished wall in a room under construction. In another case, pennies in the anus turned out to be copper-foil-covered suppositories. The children may describe what they believe happened. It is not a lie, but neither is it an accurate account of what happened.

EDUCATION AND AWARENESS PROGRAMS

Some well-intentioned awareness programs designed to prevent child sex abuse, alert professionals, or fight satanism may in fact be unrealistically increasing the fears of professionals, children, and parents and creating self-fulfilling prophesies. Some of what children and their parents are telling intervenors may have been learned in or fueled by such programs. Religious programs, books, and pamphlets that emphasize the power and evil force of Satan may be adding to the problem. In fact most of the day care centers in which ritualistic abuse is alleged to have taken place are church- affiliated centers, and many of the adult survivors alleging it come from apparently religious families.

LAW ENFORCEMENT PERSPECTIVE

The perspective with which one looks at satanic, occult, or ritualistic crime is extremely important. As stated, sociologists, therapists, religious leaders, parents, and just plain citizens each have their own valid concerns and views about this issue. This discussion, however, deals primarily with the law enforcement or criminal justice perspective. When you combine an emotional issue such as the sexual abuse of children with an even more emotional issue such as people’s religious beliefs, it is difficult to maintain objectivity and remember the law enforcement perspective. Some police officers may even feel that all crime is caused by evil, all evil is caused by Satan, and therefore, all crime is satanic crime. This may be a valid religious perspective, but it is of no relevance to the investigation of crime for purposes of prosecution.

Many of the police officers who lecture on satanic or occult crime do not even investigate such cases. Their presentations are more a reflection of their personal religious beliefs than documented investigative information. They are absolutely entitled to their beliefs, but introducing themselves as current or former police officers and then speaking as religious advocates causes confusion. As difficult as it might be, police officers must separate the religious and law enforcement perspectives when they are lecturing or investigating in their official capacities as law enforcement officers. Many law enforcement officers begin their presentations by stating that they are not addressing or judging anyone’s religious beliefs, and then proceed to do exactly that.

Some police officers have resigned rather than curtail or limit their involvement in this issue as ordered by their departments. Perhaps such officers deserve credit for recognizing that they could no longer keep the perspectives separate.

Law enforcement officers and all professionals in this field should avoid the “paranoia” that has crept into this issue and into some of the training conferences. Paranoid type belief systems are characterized by the gradual development of intricate, complex, and elaborate systems of thinking based on and often proceeding logically from misinterpretation of actual events. Paranoia typically involves hypervigilance over the perceived threat, the belief that danger is around every corner, and the willingness to take up the challenge and do something about it. Another very important aspect of this paranoia is the belief that those who do not recognize the threat are evil and corrupt. In this extreme view, you are either with them or against them. You are either part of the solution or part of the problem.

Overzealousness and exaggeration motivated by the true religious fervor of those involved is more acceptable than that motivated by ego or profit.

There are those who are deliberately distorting and hyping this issue for personal notoriety and profit. Satanic and occult crime and ritual abuse of children has become a growth industry. Speaking fees, books, video and audio tapes, prevention material, television and radio appearances all bring egoistic and financial rewards.

Bizarre crime and evil can occur without organized satanic activity. The professional perspective requires that we distinguish between what we know and what we’re not sure of.

THE FACTS ARE:

Some individuals believe in and are involved in something commonly called satanism and the occult.
Some of these individuals commit crime.
Some groups of individuals share these beliefs and involvement in this satanism and the occult.
Some members of these groups commit crime together.
The unanswered questions are:

What is the connection between the belief system and the crimes committed? Is there an organized conspiracy of satanic and occult believers responsible for interrelated serious crime (e.g., molestation, murder)?

After all the hype and hysteria are put aside, the realization sets in that most satanic/occult activity involves the commission of no crimes, and that which does usually involves the commission of relatively minor crimes such as trespassing, vandalism, cruelty to animals, or petty thievery.

THE LAW ENFORCEMENT PROBLEMS MOST OFTEN LINKED TO SATANIC OR OCCULT ACTIVITY ARE:

A – Vandalism.
B – Desecration of churches and cemeteries.
C – Thefts from churches and cemeteries.
D – Teenage gangs
E – Animal mutilations.
F – Teenage suicide.
G – Child abuse.
H – Kidnapping.
I – Murder and human sacrifice

Valid evidence shows some “connection” between satanism and the occult and the first six problems (#a-f) set forth above. The “connection” to the last three problems (#g-i) is far more uncertain.

Even where there seems to be a “connection,” the nature of the connection needs to be explored. It is easy to blame involvement in satanism and the occult for behaviors that have complex motivations. A teenager’s excessive involvement in satanism and the occult is usually a symptom of a problem and not the cause of a problem. Blaming satanism for a teenager’s vandalism, theft, suicide, or even act of murder is like blaming a criminal’s offenses on his tattoos: Both are often signs of the same rebelliousness and lack of self- esteem that contribute to the commission of crimes.

The rock band Judas Priest was recently sued for allegedly inciting two teenagers to suicide through subliminal messages in their recordings. In 1991 Anthony Pratkanis of the University of California at Santa Cruz, who served as an expert witness for the defense, stated the boys in question “lived troubled lives, lives of drug and alcohol abuse, run-ins with the law… family violence, and chronic unemployment. What issues did the trial and the subsequent mass media coverage emphasize? Certainly not the need for drug treatment centers; there was no evaluation of the pros and cons of America’s juvenile justice system, no investigation of the schools, no inquiry into how to prevent family violence, no discussion of the effects of unemployment on a family. Instead our attention was mesmerized by an attempt to count the number of subliminal demons that can dance on the end of a record needle” (p.1.)

The law enforcement investigator must objectively evaluate the legal significance of any criminal’s spiritual beliefs. In most cases, including those involving satanists, it will have little or no legal significance. If a crime is committed as part of a spiritual belief system, it should make no difference which belief system it is. The crime is the same whether a child is abused or murdered as part of a Christian, Hare Krishna, Moslem, or any other belief system. We generally don’t label crimes with the name of the perpetrator’s religion. Why then are the crimes of child molesters, rapists, sadists, and murderers who happen to be involved in satanism and the occult labeled as satanic or occult crimes? If criminals use a spiritual belief system to rationalize and justify or to facilitate and enhance their criminal activity, should the focus of law enforcement be on the belief system or on the criminal activity?

Several documented murders have been committed by individuals involved in one way or another in satanism or the occult. In some of these murders the perpetrator has even introduced elements of the occult (e.g. satanic symbols at the crime scene.) Does that automatically make these satanic murders? It is my opinion that the answer is no. Ritualistic murders committed by serial killers or sexual sadists are not necessarily satanic or occult murders. Ritualistic murders committed by psychotic killers who hear the voice of Satan are no more satanic murders than murders committed by psychotic killers who hear the voice of Jesus are Christian murders.

Rather a satanic murder should be defined as one committed by two or more individuals who rationally plan the crime and whose primary motivation is to fulfill a prescribed satanic ritual calling for the murder. By this definition I have been unable to identify even one documented satanic murder in the United States. Although such murders may have and can occur, they appear to be few in number. In addition the commission of such killings would probably be the beginning of the end for such a group. It is highly unlikely that they could continue to kill several people, every year, year after year, and not be discovered.

A brief typology of satanic and occult practitioners is helpful in evaluating what relationship, if any, such practices have to crimes under investigation. The following typology is adapted from the investigative experience of Officer Sandi Gallant of the San Francisco Police Department, who began to study the criminal aspects of occult activity long before it became popular. No typology is perfect, but I use this typology because it is simple and offers investigative insights. Most practitioners fall into one of three categories, any of which can be practiced alone or in groups:

“YOUTH SUBCULTURE”

“Most teenagers involved in fantasy role-playing games, heavy metal music, or satanism and the occult are going through a stage of adolescent development and commit no significant crimes. The teenagers who have more serious problems are usually those from dysfunctional families or those who have poor communication within their families. These troubled teenagers turn to satanism and the occult to overcome a sense of alienation, to rebel, to obtain power, or to justify their antisocial behavior.

For these teenagers it is the symbolism, not the spirituality, that is more important. It is either the psychopathic or the oddball, loner teenager who is most likely to get into serious trouble. Extreme involvement in the occult is a symptom of a problem, not the cause. This is not to deny, however, that satanism and the occult can be negative influences for a troubled teenager. But to hysterically warn teenagers to avoid this “mysterious, powerful and dangerous” thing called satanism will drive more teenagers right to it. Some rebellious teenagers will do whatever will most shock and outrage society in order to flaunt their rejection of adult norms”.

DABBLERS (SELF-STYLED)

“For these practitioners there is little or no spiritual motivation. They may mix satanism, witchcraft, paganism, and any aspects of the occult to suit their purposes. Symbols mean whatever they want them or believe them to mean. Molesters, rapists, drug dealers, and murderers may dabble in the occult and may even commit their crimes in a ceremonial or ritualistic way. This category has the potential to be the most dangerous, and most of the “satanic” killers fall into this category. Their involvement in satanism and the occult is a symptom of a problem, and a rationalization and justification of antisocial behavior. Satanic/occult practices (as well as those of other spiritual belief systems) can also be used as a mechanism to facilitate criminal objectives.

TRADITIONAL (ORTHODOX)

“These are the so-called true believers. They are often wary of outsiders. Because of this and constitutional issues, such groups are difficult for law enforcement to penetrate. Although there may be much we don’t know about these groups, as of now there is little or no hard evidence that as a group they are involved in serious, organized criminal activity. In addition, instead of being self- perpetuating master crime conspirators, “true believers” probably have a similar problem with their teenagers rebelling against their belief system. To some extent even these Traditional satanists are self-stylized. They practice what they have come to believe is “satanism”. There is little or no evidence of the much-discussed multigenerational satanists whose beliefs and practices have supposedly been passed down through the centuries. Many admitted adult satanists were in fact raised in conservative Christian homes”.

_Washington Post_ editor Walt Harrington reported in a 1986 story on Anton LaVey and his Church of Satan that “sociologists who have studied LaVey’s church say that its members often had serious childhood problems like alcoholic parents or broken homes, or that they were traumatized by guilt-ridden fundamentalist upbringings, turning to Satanism as a dramatic way to purge their debilitating guilt”. (p. 14.)

Some have claimed that the accounts of ritual abuse victims coincide with historical records of what traditional or multigenerational satanists are known to have practiced down through the ages. Jeffrey Burton Russell, Professor of History at the University of California at Santa Barbara and the author of numerous scholarly books on the devil and satanism, believes that the universal consensus of modern historians on satanism is (personal communication, Nov. 1991):

“(1) incidents of orgy, infanticide, cannibalism, and other such conduct have occurred from the ancient world down to the present; (2) such incidents were isolated and limited to local antisocial groups; (3) during the period of Christian dominance in European culture, such groups were associated with the Devil in the minds of the authorities; (4) in some cases the sectaries believed that they were worshiping Satan; (5) no organized cult of Satanists existed in the Christian period beyond localities, and on no account was there ever any widespread Satanist organization or conspiracy; (6) no reliable historical sources indicate that such organizations existed; (7) the black mass appears only once in the sources before the late nineteenth century.”

Many police officers ask what to look for during the search of the scene of suspected satanic activity. The answer is simple: Look for evidence of a crime. A pentagram is no more criminally significant than a crucifix unless it corroborates a crime or a criminal conspiracy. If a victim’s description of the location or the instruments of the crime includes a pentagram, then the pentagram would be evidence. But the same would be true if the description included a crucifix. In many cases of alleged satanic ritual abuse, investigation can find evidence that the claimed offenders are members only of mainstream churches and are often described as very religious.

There is no way any one law enforcement officer can become knowledgeable about all the symbols and rituals of every spiritual belief system that might become part of a criminal investigation. The officer needs only to be trained to recognize the possible investigative significance of such signs, symbols, and rituals. Knowledgeable religious scholars, academics, and other true experts in the community can be consulted if a more detailed analysis is necessary.

Any analysis, however, may have only limited application, especially to cases involving teenagers, dabblers, and other self-styled practitioners. The fact is signs, symbols, and rituals can mean anything that practitioners want them to mean and/or anything that observers interpret them to mean.

The meaning of symbols can also change over time, place, and circumstance. Is a swastika spray-painted on a wall an ancient symbol of prosperity and good fortune, a recent symbol of Nazism and anti-Semitism, or a current symbol of hate, paranoia, and adolescent defiance? The peace sign which in the 1960s was a familiar antiwar symbol is now supposed to be a satanic symbol. Some symbols and holidays become “satanic” only because the antisatanists say they are. Then those who want to be “satanists” adopt them, and now you have “proof” they are satanic.

In spite of what is sometimes said or suggested at law enforcement training conferences, police have no authority to seize any satanic or occult paraphernalia they might see during a search. A legally- valid reason must exist for doing so. It is not the job of law enforcement to prevent satanists from engaging in noncriminal teaching, rituals, or other activities.

INVESTIGATING MULTIDIMENSIONAL CHILD SEX RINGS

Multidimensional child sex rings can be among the most difficult, frustrating, and complex cases that any law enforcement officer will ever investigate. The investigation of allegations of recent activity from multiple young children under the age of seven presents one set of problems and must begin quickly, with interviews of all potential victims being completed as soon as possible. The investigation of allegations of activity ten or more years earlier from adult survivors presents other problems and should proceed, unless victims are at immediate risk, more deliberately, with gradually-increasing resources as corroborated facts warrant.

In spite of any skepticism, allegations of ritual abuse should be aggressively and thoroughly investigated. This investigation should attempt to corroborate the allegations of ritual abuse. but should simultaneously also attempt to identify alternative explanations. The only debate is over how much investigation is enough. Any law enforcement agency must be prepared to defend and justify its actions when scrutinized by the public, the media, elected officials, or the courts. This does not mean, however, that a law enforcement agency has an obligation to prove that the alleged crimes did not occur. This is almost always impossible to do and investigators should be alert for and avoid this trap.

One major problem in the investigation of multidimensional child sex rings is the dilemma of recognizing soon enough that you have one. Investigators must be alert for cases with the potential for the four basic dynamics: (a) multiple young victims, (b) multiple offenders, (c) fear as the controlling tactic, and (d) bizarre or ritualistic activity. The following techniques apply primarily to the investigation of such multidimensional child sex rings:

MINIMIZE SATANIC/OCCULT ASPECT

There are those who claim that one of the major reasons more of these cases have not been successfully prosecuted is that the satanic/occult aspect has not been aggressively pursued. One state has even introduced legislation creating added penalties when certain crimes are committed as part of a ritual or ceremony. A few states have passed special ritual crime laws. I strongly disagree with such an approach. It makes no difference what spiritual belief system was used to enhance and facilitate or rationalize and justify criminal behavior. It serves no purpose to “prove” someone is a satanist. As a matter of fact, if it is alleged that the subject committed certain criminal acts under the influence of or in order to conjure up supernatural spirits or forces, this may very well be the basis for an insanity or diminished capacity defense, or may damage the intent aspect of a sexually motivated crime. The defense may very well be more interested in all the “evidence of satanic activity.” Some of the satanic crime “experts” who train law enforcement wind up working or testifying for the defense in these cases.

It is best to focus on the crime and all the evidence to corroborate its commission. Information about local satanic or occult activity is only of value if it is based on specific law enforcement intelligence and not on some vague, unsubstantiated generalities from religious groups. Cases are not solved by decoding signs, symbols, and dates using undocumented satanic crime “manuals.” In one case a law enforcement agency executing a search warrant seized only the satanic paraphernalia and left behind the other evidence that would have corroborated victim statements. Cases are solved by people- and behavior-oriented investigation. Evidence of satanic or occult activity may help explain certain aspects of the case, but even offenders who commit crimes in a spiritual context are usually motivated by power, sex, and money.

KEEP INVESTIGATION AND RELIGIOUS BELIEFS SEPARATE

I believe that one of the biggest mistakes any investigator of these cases can make is to attribute supernatural powers to the offenders. During an investigation a good investigator may sometimes be able to use the beliefs and superstitions of the offenders to his or her advantage. The reverse happens if the investigator believes that the offenders possess supernatural powers. Satanic/occult practitioners have no more power than any other human beings. Law enforcement officers who believe that the investigation of these cases puts them in conflict with the supernatural forces of evil should probably not be assigned to them. The religious beliefs of officers should provide spiritual strength and support for them but should not affect the objectivity and professionalism of the investigation.

It is easy to get caught up in these cases and begin to see “satanism” everywhere. Oversensitization to this perceived threat may cause an investigator to “see” satanism in a crime when it really is not there (quasi-satanism.) Often the eye sees what the mind perceives. It may also cause an investigator not to recognize a staged crime scene deliberately seeded with “satanic clues” in order to mislead the police (pseudo-satanism.) On rare occasions an overzealous investigator or intervenor may even be tempted to plant “evidence of satanism” in order to corroborate such allegations and beliefs. Supervisors need to be alert for and monitor these reactions in their investigators.

LISTEN TO THE VICTIMS

It is not the investigator’s duty to believe the victims; it is his or her job to listen and be an objective fact finder. Interviews of young children should be done by investigators trained and experienced in such interviews. Investigators must have direct access to the alleged victims for interview purposes. Therapists for an adult survivor sometimes want to act as intermediaries in their patient’s interview. This should be avoided if at all possible. Adult survivor interviews are often confusing difficult and extremely time-consuming. The investigator must remember however that almost anything is possible. Most important the investigator must remember that there is much middle ground. Just because one event did happen does not mean that all reported events happened, and just because one event did not happen does not mean that all other events did not happen. Do not become such a zealot that you believe it all nor such a cynic that you believe nothing. Varying amounts and parts of the allegation may be factual. Attempting to find evidence of what did happen is the great challenge of these cases. All investigative interaction with victims must be carefully and thoroughly documented.

ASSESS AND EVALUATE VICTIM STATEMENTS

This is the part of the investigative process in child sexual victimization cases that seems to have been lost. Is the victim describing events and activities that are consistent with law enforcement documented criminal behavior, or that are consistent with distorted media accounts and erroneous public perceptions of criminal behavior? Investigators should apply the “template of probability.” Accounts of child sexual victimization that are more like books, television, and movies (e.g. big conspiracies, child sex slaves, organized pornography rings) and less like documented cases should be viewed with skepticism but thoroughly investigated. Consider and investigate all possible explanations of events. It is the investigator’s job, and the information learned will be invaluable in counteracting the defense attorneys when they raise the alternative explanations.

For example, an adult survivor’s account of ritual victimization might be explained by any one of at least four possibilities: First, the allegations may be a fairly accurate account what actually happened. Second, they may be deliberate lies (malingering,) told for the usual reasons people lie (e.g. money, revenge, jealousy.) Third, they may be deliberate lies (factitious disorder) told for atypical reasons (e.g. attention, forgiveness.) Lies so motivated are less likely to be recognized by the investigator and more likely to be rigidly maintained by the liar unless and until confronted with irrefutable evidence to the contrary. Fourth, the allegations may be a highly inaccurate account of what actually happened, but the victim truly believes it (pseudomemory) and therefore is not lying. A polygraph examination of such a victim would be of limited value. Other explanations or combinations of these explanations are also possible. Only thorough investigation will point to the correct or most likely explanation.

Investigators cannot rely on therapists or satanic crime experts as a shortcut to the explanation. In one case, the “experts” confirmed and validated the account of a female who claimed to be a 15-year- old deaf-mute kidnapped and held for three years by a satanic cult and forced to participate in bizarre rituals before recently escaping. Active investigation, however, determined she was a 27- year-old woman who could hear and speak, who had not been kidnapped by anyone, and who had a lengthy history of mental problems and at least three other similar reports of false victimization. Her “accurate” accounts of what the “real satanists” do were simply the result of having read, while in mental hospitals, the same books that the “experts” had. A therapist may have important insights about whether an individual was traumatized, but knowing the exact cause of that trauma is another matter. There have been cases where investigation has discovered that individuals diagnosed by therapists as suffering from Post-Vietnam Syndrome were never in Vietnam or saw no combat.

Conversely, in another case, a law enforcement “expert” on satanic crime told a therapist that a patient’s accounts of satanic murders in a rural Pacific Northwest town were probably true because the community was a hotbed of such satanic activity. When the therapist explained that there was almost no violent crime reported in the community, the officer explained that that is how you know it is the satanists. If you knew about the murders or found the bodies, it would not be satanists. How do you argue with that kind of logic?

The first step in the assessment and evaluation of victim statements is to determine the disclosure sequence, including how much time has elapsed since disclosure was first made and the incident was reported to the police or social services. The longer the delay, the bigger the potential for problems. The next step is to determine the number and purpose of all prior interviews of the victim concerning the allegations. The more interviews conducted before the investigative interview, the larger the potential for problems. Although there is nothing wrong with admitting shortcomings and seeking help, law enforcement should never abdicate its control over the investigative interview. When an investigative interview is conducted by or with a social worker or therapist using a team approach, law enforcement must direct the process. Problems can also be created by interviews conducted by various intervenors after the investigative interview(s.)

The investigator must closely and carefully evaluate events in the victim’s life before, during, and after the alleged abuse.

EVENTS TO BE EVALUATED BEFORE THE ALLEGED ABUSE INCLUDE:

● Background of victim.

● Abuse of drugs in home.

● Pornography in home.

● Play, television, and VCR habits.

● Attitudes about sexuality in home.

● Extent of sex education in home.

● Activities of siblings.

● Need or craving for attention.

● Religious beliefs and training.

● Childhood fears.

● Custody/visitation disputes.

● Victimization of or by family members.

● Interaction between victims.

EVENTS TO BE EVALUATED DURING THE ALLEGED ABUSE INCLUDE:

● Use of fear or scare tactics.

● Degree of trauma.

● Use of magic deception or trickery.

● Use of rituals.

● Use of drugs.

● Use of pornography.

EVENTS TO BE EVALUATED AFTER THE ALLEGED ABUSE INCLUDE:

● Disclosure sequence.
● Background of prior interviewers.
● Background of parents.
● Co-mingling of victims.
● Type of therapy received.

EVALUATE CONTAGION

Consistent statements obtained from different multiple victims are powerful pieces of corroborative evidence – that is as long as those statements were not “contaminated.” Investigation must carefully evaluate both pre- and post-disclosure contagion, and both victim and intervenor contagion. Are the different victim statements consistent because they describe common experiences or events, or because they reflect contamination or urban legends?

The sources of potential contagion are widespread. Victims can communicate with each other both prior to and after their disclosures. Intervenors can communicate with each other and with victims. The team or cell concepts of investigation are attempts to deal with potential investigator contagion. All the victims are not interviewed by the same individuals, and interviewers do not necessarily share information directly with each other. Teams report to a leader or supervisor who evaluates the information and decides what other investigators need to know.

Documenting existing contagion and eliminating additional contagion are crucial to the successful investigation and prosecution of these cases. There is no way, however, to erase or undo contagion. The best you can hope for is to identify and evaluate it and attempt to explain it. Mental health professionals requested to evaluate suspected victims must be carefully selected. Having a victim evaluated by one of the self-proclaimed experts on satanic ritual abuse or by some other overzealous intervenor may result in the credibility of that victim’s testimony being severely damaged.

In order to evaluate the contagion element, investigators must meticulously and aggressively investigate these cases. The precise disclosure sequence of the victim must be carefully identified and documented. Investigators must verify through active investigation the exact nature and content of each disclosure outcry or statement made by the victim. Second-hand information about disclosure is not good enough.

Whenever possible, personal visits should be made to all locations of alleged abuse and the victim’s homes. Events prior to the alleged abuse must be carefully evaluated. Investigators may have to view television programs, films, and videotapes seen by the victims. It may be necessary to conduct a background investigation and evaluation of everyone, both professional and nonprofessional, who interviewed the victims about the allegations prior to and after the investigative interview(s.)

Investigators must be familiar with the information about ritual abuse of children being disseminated in magazines, books, television programs, videotapes, and conferences. Every possible way that a victim could have learned about the details of the abuse must be explored if for no other reason than to eliminate them and counter the defense’s arguments.

There may, however, be validity to these contagion factors. They may explain some of the “unbelievable” aspects of the case and result in the successful prosecution of the substance of the case. Consistency of statements becomes more significant if contagion is identified or disproved by independent investigation. The easier cases are the ones where there is a single, identifiable source of contagion. Most cases, however, seem to involve multiple contagion factors.

Munchausen Syndrome and Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy are complex and controversial issues in these cases. No attempt will be made to discuss them in detail, but they are documented facts (Rosenberg, 1987.) Most of the literature about them focuses on their manifestation in the medical setting as false or self-inflicted illness or injury. They are also manifested in the criminal justice setting as false or self-inflicted crime victimization. If parents would poison their children to prove an illness, they might sexually abuse their children to prove a crime. “Victims” have been known to destroy property, manufacture evidence, and mutilate themselves in order to convince others of their victimization.

The motivation is psychological gain (i.e. attention, forgiveness, etc.) and not necessarily money, jealousy, or revenge. These are the unpopular, but documented, realities of the world. Recognizing their existence does not mean that child sexual abuse and sexual assault are not real and serious problems.

ESTABLISH COMMUNICATION WITH PARENTS

The importance and difficulty of this technique in extrafamilial cases involving young children cannot be overemphasized. An investigator must maintain ongoing communication with the parents of victims in these abuse cases. Not all parents react the same way to the alleged abuse of their children. Some are very supportive and cooperative. Others overreact and some even deny the victimization. Sometimes there is animosity and mistrust among parents with different reactions. Once the parents lose faith in the police or prosecutor and begin to interrogate their own children and conduct their own investigation, the case may be lost forever. Parents from one case communicate the results of their “investigation” with each other, and some have even contacted the parents in other cases. Such parental activity is an obvious source of potential contamination.

Parents must be made to understand that their children’s credibility will be jeopardized when and if the information obtained turns out to be unsubstantiated or false. To minimize this problem, within the limits of the law and without jeopardizing investigative techniques, parents must be told on a regular basis how the case is progressing. Parents can also be assigned constructive things to do (e.g. lobbying for new legislation, working on awareness and prevention programs) in order to channel their energy, concern, and “guilt”.

DEVELOP A CONTINGENCY PLAN

If a department waits until actually confronted with a case before a response is developed, it may be too late. In cases involving ongoing abuse of children, departments must respond quickly, and this requires advanced planning. There are added problems for small- to medium-sized departments with limited personnel and resources. Effective investigation of these cases requires planning, identification of resources, and, in many cases, mutual aid agreements between agencies. The U.S. Department of Defense has conducted specialized training and has developed such a plan for child sex ring cases involving military facilities and personnel. Once a case is contaminated and out of control, I have little advice on how to salvage what may once have been a prosecutable criminal violation. A few of these cases have even been lost on appeal after a conviction because of contamination problems.

MULTIDISCIPLINARY TASK FORCES

Sergeant Beth Dickinson, Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department, was the chairperson of the Multi-Victim, Multi-Suspect Child Sexual Abuse Subcommittee. Sergeant Dickinson states (personal communication, Nov. 1989):

“One of the biggest obstacles for investigators to overcome is the reluctance of law enforcement administrators to commit sufficient resources early on to an investigation that has the potential to be a multidimensional child sex ring. It is important to get in and get on top of the investigation in a timely manner – to get it investigated in a timely manner in order to assess the risk to children and to avoid hysteria, media sensationalism, and cross- contamination of information. The team approach reduces stress on individual investigators, allowing for peer support and minimizing feelings of being overwhelmed.”

The team approach and working together does not mean, however, that each discipline forgets its role and starts doing the other’s job.

SUMMARY

The investigation of child sex rings can be difficult and time consuming. The likelihood, however, of a great deal of corroborative evidence in a multivictim/multioffender case increases the chances of a successful prosecution if the crime occurred. Because there is still so much we do not know or understand about the dynamics of multidimensional child sex rings, investigative techniques are less certain. Each new case must be carefully evaluated in order to improve investigative procedures.

Because mental health professionals seem to be unable to determine, with any degree of certainty, the accuracy of victim statements in these cases, law enforcement must proceed using the corroboration process. If some of what the victim describes is accurate, some misperceived, some distorted, and some contaminated, what is the jury supposed to believe? Until mental health professionals can come up with better answers, the jury should be asked to believe what the investigation can corroborate. Even if only a portion of what these victims allege is factual, that may still constitute significant criminal activity.

CONCLUSION

There are many possible alternative answers to the question of why victims are alleging things that don’t seem to be true. The first step in finding those answers is to admit the possibility that some of what the victims describe may not have happened. Some experts seem unwilling to even consider this. Most of these victims are also probably not lying and have come to believe that which they are alleging actually happened. There are alternative explanations for why people who never met each other can tell the same story.

I believe that there is a middle ground – a continuum of possible activity. Some of what the victims allege may be true and accurate, some may be misperceived or distorted, some may be screened or symbolic, and some may be “contaminated” or false. The problem and challenge, especially for law enforcement, is to determine which is which. This can only be done through active investigation. I believe that the majority of victims alleging “ritual” abuse are in fact victims of some form of abuse or trauma. That abuse or trauma may or may not be criminal in nature. After a lengthy discussion about various alternative explanations and the continuum of possible activity, one mother told me that for the first time since the victimization of her young son she felt a little better. She had thought her only choices were that either her son was a pathological liar or, on the other hand, she lived in a community controlled by satanists.

Law enforcement has the obvious problem of attempting to determine what actually happened for criminal justice purposes. Therapists, however, might also be interested in what really happened in order to properly evaluate and treat their patients. How and when to confront patients with skepticism is a difficult and sensitive problem for therapists.

Any professional evaluating victims’ allegations of “ritual” abuse cannot ignore or routinely dismiss the lack of physical evidence (no bodies or physical evidence left by violent murders); the difficulty in successfully committing a large-scale conspiracy crime (the more people involved in any crime conspiracy, the harder it is to get away with it); and human nature (intragroup conflicts resulting in individual self-serving disclosures are likely to occur in any group involved in organized kidnapping, baby breeding, and human sacrifice.) If and when members of a destructive cult commit murders, they are bound to make mistakes, leave evidence, and eventually make admissions in order to brag about their crimes or to reduce their legal liability. The discovery of the murders in Matamoros, Mexico in 1989 and the results of the subsequent investigation are good examples of these dynamics.

Overzealous intervenors must accept the fact that some of their well-intentioned activity is contaminating and damaging the prosecutive potential of the cases where criminal acts did occur. We must all (i.e., the media, churches, therapists, victim advocates, law enforcement, and the general public) ask ourselves if we have created an environment where victims are rewarded, listened to, comforted, and forgiven in direct proportion to the severity of their abuse. Are we encouraging needy or traumatized individuals to tell more and more outrageous tales of their victimization? Are we making up for centuries of denial by now blindly accepting any allegation of child abuse no matter how absurd or unlikely?

Are we increasing the likelihood that rebellious, antisocial, or attention- seeking individuals will gravitate toward “satanism” by publicizing it and overreacting to it? The overreaction to the problem can be worse than the problem.

The amount of “ritual” child abuse going on in this country depends on how you define the term. One documented example of what I might call “ritual” child abuse was the horror chronicled in the book _A Death in White Bear Lake_ (Siegal, 1990.) The abuse in this case, however, had little to do with anyone’s spiritual belief system. There are many children in the United States who, starting early in their lives, are severely psychologically, physically, and sexually traumatized by angry, sadistic parents or other adults. Such abuse, however, is not perpetrated only or primarily by satanists. The statistical odds are that such abusers are members of mainstream religions. If 99.9% of satanists and 0.1% of Christians abuse children as part of their spiritual belief system, that still means that the vast majority of children so abused were abused by Christians.

Until hard evidence is obtained and corroborated, the public should not be frightened into believing that babies are being bred and eaten, that 50,000 missing children are being murdered in human sacrifices, or that satanists are taking over America’s day care centers or institutions. No one can prove with absolute certainty that such activity has notoccurred. The burden of proof, however, as it would be in a criminal prosecution, is on those who claim that it has occurred.

The explanation that the satanists are too organized and law enforcement is too incompetent only goes so far in explaining the lack of evidence. For at least eight years American law enforcement has been aggressively investigating the allegations of victims of ritual abuse. There is little or no evidence for the portion of their allegations that deals with large-scale baby breeding, human sacrifice, and organized satanic conspiracies. Now it is up to mental health professionals, not law enforcement, to explain why victims are alleging things that don’t seem to have happened. Professionals in this field must accept the fact that there is still much we do not know about the sexual victimization of children, and that this area desperately needs study and research by rational, objective social scientists.

If the guilty are to be successfully prosecuted, if the innocent are to be exonerated, and if the victims are to be protected and treated, better methods to evaluate and explain allegations of “ritual” child abuse must be developed or identified. Until this is done, the controversy will continue to cast a shadow over and fuel the backlash against the validity and reality of child sexual abuse.

REFERENCES

American Psychiatric Association, _Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders_ (3rd Ed., Rev.) Washington, DC: 1987.
Breiner, S.J., _Slaughter of the Innocents: Child Abuse Through the Ages and Today_. New York: Plenum Press, 1990.
Brown, R., _Prepare for War_.
Chino, CA: Chick Publications, 1987.
Brunvand, J.H., _The Vanishing Hitchhiker_. New York: Norton, 1981.
Harrington, Walt, “The Devil in Anton LaVey.” Washington, D.C.: _The Washington Post Magazine_, February 23, 1986, pages #6-17.
Lanning, K.V., _Child Molesters: A Behavioral Analysis_ (2nd Ed.)
Washington, D.C.: National Center for Missing and Exploited Children, 1987.
Lanning, K.V. (1989.) Child sex rings: A behavioral analysis. Washington,
DC: National Center for Missing and Exploited Children.
LaVey, Anton, _The Satanic Bible_. New York: Avon Books, 1969.
Mayer, R.S., _Satan’s Children_. New York: Putnam, 1991.
Michigan Department of State Police, _Occult Survey_. East Lansing, Michigan, 1990.
_National Coalition on Television Violence (NCTV) News_, June- October 1988, page #3.
_National Incidence Studies on Missing, Abducted, Runaway, and Thrownaway Children in America_. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Justice, 1990.
Prattanis, A., “Hidden messages,” _Wellness Letter_. Berkeley, California:
University of California, January 1991, pages #1-2.
Rosenberg, D.A., “Web of Deceit: A Literature Review of Munchausen Syndrome
by Proxy, ” _Child Abuse and Neglect_ #2, 1987, pages #547- 563.
Rush, E., _The Best Kept Secret: Sexual Abuse of Children_. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1980.
Smith, M., & Pazder, L., _Michelle Remembers_. New York: Congdon and Lattis, 1980.
Siegal, B., _A Death in White Bear Lake_. New York: Bantam, 1990.
“Stranger-Abduction Homicides of Children,” _Juvenile Justice Bulletin_.
Washington, D.C.: U. S. Department of Justice, 1989.
Stratford. L., _Satan’s Underground_. Eugene, Oregon: Harvest House, 1988.
Terr, L., _Too Scared to Cry_. New York: Harper & Row, 1990.
Timnik, L., “The Times Poll,” _Los Angeles Times_, August 25-26, 1985.
Virginia Crime Commission Task Force, _Final Report of the Task Force Studying Ritual Crime_. Richmond, Virginia.

SUGGESTED READING:

— a. Cooper, John Charles, _The Black Mask: Satanism in America Today_. Old Tappen, N.J.: Fleming H. Revell Company, 1990. Probably the best of the large number of books available primarily in Christian bookstores and written from the Christian perspective. This one, however, is written without the hysteria and sensationalism of most. Recommended for investigators who want information from this perspective.

— b. Hicks, Robert D., _In Pursuit of Satan: The Police and the Occult_. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1991. Undoubtedly the best book written to date on the topic of satanism and the occult from the law enforcement perspective. Robert D. Hicks is a former police officer who is currently employed as a criminal justice analyst for the state of Virginia. Must reading for any criminal justice professional involved in this issue. Unfortunately, in the chapter on “Satanic Abuse of Children,” the author appears to have been overly influenced by extreme skeptics with minimal or questionable credentials in this area. The book is easy to read, logical, and highly recommended.

— c. Richardson, James T.; Best, Joel; & Bromley, David G.; Eds, _The Satanism Scare_. NY: Aldine de Gruyter, 1991. The best book now available on the current controversy over satanism written from the academic perspective, The editors and many of the chapter authors are college professors and have written an objective, well-researched book. One of the great strengths of this book is the fact that the editors address a variety of the controversial issues from a variety of disciplines (i.e., sociology, history, folklore, anthropology, criminal justice.) Because of its academic perspective it is sometimes harder to read but is well worth the effort.
The chapter on “Law Enforcement and the Satanic Crime Connection” contains the results of a survey of “Cult Cops” and is must reading for law enforcement officers. The chapter on “Satanism and Child Molestation: Constructing the Ritual Abuse Scare” was written, however, by a free-lance journalist who seems to take the position that these cases involve little or no real child abuse.

— d. Terr, Lenore, _Too Scared to Cry: Psychic Trauma in Childhood_. New York: Harper and Row, 1990. An excellent book written by a psychiatrist that provides important insights into the nature and recallability of early psychic trauma. For me, Dr. Terr’s research and findings in the infamous Chowchilla kidnapping case shed considerable light on the “ritual” abuse controversy.

 


BELOW IS THE SOURCE LINK TO THE ORIGINAL ARTICLE:

https://www.cultwatch.com/satanicabuse.html


_Tags:_
#SatanticRitualAbuse

_

______________________________________________

DEEPSTATE—IS CREATING A NEW WORLD ORDER.. ..ONE REGION AT A TIME..

DEEPSTATE—IS CREATING
A NEW WORLD ORDER..
..ONE REGION AT A TIME..


The Deep State’s globalist plan for what insiders refer to as the “New World Order” — basically, a global government controlled by themselves — begins with submerging the sovereignty of nation-states into regional “orders”.

These are better understood as regional governments built using “free trade” deals as the foundation, with the European Union serving as the premier example. How do we know this is the plan? Because top Deep State globalists have said so publicly and repeatedly, and because that is the exact strategy being pursued openly.

All over the world, pseudo-“free trade” agreements and other sovereignty-shredding schemes are being used to transfer more and more power to transnational bureaucracies and courts.

And eventually, these regional orders will be interwoven into an overlapping patchwork of multilateral regimes on the road to creating a truly global authority, perhaps under the United Nations or some less-discredited future global body. At least, that is the glob­alist plan. But it is starting to show major cracks amid historic public backlash.

As far back as 1950, globalists had openly revealed their agenda for global government under the United Nations. In his book War or Peace, for example, global government-promoting Council on Foreign Relations co-founder John Foster Dulles spelled it out clearly.

“The United Nations represents not a final stage in the development of world order, but only a primitive stage”, Dulles wrote.

“Therefore its primary task is to create the conditions which will make possible a more highly developed organization”.

In the same book, Dulles went on to argue that the existing UN Charter was strong enough to serve as the foundation for a world government.

“I have never seen any proposal made for collective security with ‘teeth’ in it, or for ‘world government’ or for ‘world federation,’ which could not be carried out either by the United Nations or under the United Nations Charter”, he said.

Unfortunately for globalists, though, humanity was not yet ready to surrender its sovereignty to an all-powerful world government. Thus, regionalization.

In a 1962 report headlined “A World Effectively Controlled by the United Nations”, financed by the U.S. State Department, CFR member and longtime State Department official Lincoln Bloomfield argued that global government could be brought about via regionalism.

In the plan, he proposed that “ever larger units evolve through customs unions, confederation, regionalism, etc., until ultimately the larger units coalesce under a global umbrella”. Sound familiar?

Of course, that is precisely the strategy that has been used, primarily relying on “free-trade” schemes — in addition to going to war and threatening war, other key tactics highlighted in the Bloomfield report.

By 1974, almost a quarter of a century after CFR founder Dulles wrote his infamous book, the globalist organization’s mouthpiece, the magazine dubbed Foreign Affairs, was telegraphing its strategy of globalism via incrementalism to globalist insiders and useful idiots everywhere.

“In short, the ‘house of world order’ will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down”, wrote former Deputy Assistant Secretary of State Richard N. Gardner in April of 1974. “An end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault”.

In short, globalists recognized the reality that people were not willing to relinquish control over their own nations and their own destinies all at once. Instead, the plan would have to be pursued slowly, quietly, and deceptively.

And so, piece by piece, sovereignty was eroded using tools such as “free trade”, international agreements, regional military alliances such as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), and more. Central to the plot was convincing nations and peoples to surrender sovereignty not to some global government-in-waiting right away, but to regional organizations.

Consider former National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski, a longtime ‘CFR’, member and one of the key figures behind globalist mastermind David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission.

In 1995, speaking at former Soviet dictator Mikhail Gorbachev’s “State of the World Forum”, attended by The New American magazine’s senior editor William F. Jasper, Brzezinski outlined the plan clearly, perhaps assuming he was speaking just to fellow globalists and friends.

“We cannot leap into world government in one quick step”, he said. “In brief, the precondition for eventual globalization — genuine globalization — is progressive regionalization, because thereby we move toward larger, more stable, more cooperative units”.

Also in 1995, the UN-created “Commission on Global Governance” — yes, it really was called the “Commission on Global Governance” — outlined precisely the same strategy in its “Our Global Neighborhood” report.

“The UN must gear itself for a time when regionalism becomes more ascendant worldwide and assist the process in advance of that time”, wrote the globalists on the UN commission, foreshadowing the strategy that was about to go into overdrive.

“Regional co-operation and integration should be seen as an important and integral part of a balanced system of global governance”.
REGIONAL GOVERNMENTS EVERYWHERE

This regionalization and “integration” as a steppingstone toward globalization of political and economic power is exactly what is happening worldwide.
HERE ARE SOME OF THE MORE PROMINENT EXAMPLES — it is in no way an exhaustive list:
• EUROPEAN UNION:
The EU is by far the most developed supranational regime in the world, with former Soviet dictator Mikhail Gorbachev approvingly describing it as “the new European Soviet” during a 2000 visit to Britain.

Originally, it started as a “Coal and Steel” agreement between six nations after World War II. With key support of Deep State
institutions such as
Bilderberg, the CFR, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), and more, it gradually usurped more and more power under the guise of “free trade”.

Over the decades, it morphed into the European Economic Community, the European Community, and finally, the European Union. By 2012, then-EU Commission President José Manuel Barroso, a former Maoist revolutionary, was boasting of the machinations that The New American had been warning of for decades, a plot that globalists had generally denied as the EU was forming.

“We will need to move toward a federation”, he said. “This is our political horizon”.

Today, the EU has a single currency, a law-enforcement agency, a proto-continental military, and much more. Brussels, where the monster is headquartered, has stolen more power than even the U.S. federal government has taken from U.S. states in some areas, purporting to have the authority to veto national budgets passed by member states’ elected parliaments.

Despite being opposed by citizens in referendums at virtually every turn, the EU is still working to become “deeper” by usurping more power, and “wider” by adding more and more members. It is also working to export its globalist model of total centralized power to other regions of the world.
• AFRICAN UNION:
The AU is another one of the more advanced regional unions smashing national sovereignty and imposing unelected, supranational rulers on diverse peoples. Already, the AU has a “Parliament”, a military, a “Court of Justice”, and more.

It is working on a continental currency, too. Because Africa is so vast and undeveloped, the globalist overlords are actually using the same plan they are pursuing at the global level to subsume nation-states, but on a continental scale.

Consider the emerging “Tripartite Free Trade Area”. Under the plan, various “free trade” areas on the African continent are to eventually be merged into a single, continent-wide “free trade” regime with open borders from Cape Town to Cairo, and a single African passport.

For a sneak preview of the future under this regional regime, consider that genocidal Marxist dictator Robert Mugabe was made chairman of the AU before being overthrown by his own military.

And of course, it is an undisputed fact that outsiders — primarily the U.S. government, the EU, and the dictatorship enslaving China — are funding and imposing the AU on Africans. Beijing built the AU headquarters. The EU, meanwhile, funds more than 80 percent of the AU’s program budget.
• UNION OF SOUTH AMERICAN STATES:
In South America, globalists and communists have foisted on the peoples an emerging superstate known as UNASUL or UNASUR, depending on the language.

Inspired by the EU, the forces behind this sovereignty-shredding scheme envision a United States of South America, complete with a South American military, currency, parliament, and more.

Until recent disagreements over the brutal socialist dictatorship enslaving Venezuela caused some member states to temporarily suspend their participation, the socialist- and communist-dominated supranational body was quickly usurping a vast array of powers from member states.

And as is the case in other parts of the world being subsumed under regional governments, UNASUL / UNASUR is merely one of a vast constellation of supranational institutions in Latin America working to “integrate” the formerly sovereign nation-states into a “regional order,” to be followed by the “world order.”

Others include MERCOSUR, the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), the Community of Latin American and Caribbean States (CELAC), and many others.
• EURASIAN UNION:
In “Eurasia,” Russian strongman Vladimir Putin is spearheading the creation of what is currently known as the Eurasian Economic Union, or EEU. It brings together Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Armenia, and Kyrgyzstan, with other countries being inducted.

Eventually, they hope to expand the union to include other former Soviet states, particularly from the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS).

“It took Europe 40 years to move from the European Coal and Steel Community to the full European Union,” Putin observed in an op-ed for Izvestia, adding that the Eurasian Union is “proceeding at a much faster pace because we could draw on the experience of the EU and other regional associations.”

The harmonized Eurasian regulatory regime is “in most cases consistent with European standards,” he added, noting that it was “based on World Trade Organization principles,” while promising that the union would “help ensure global sustainable development.”

Putin noted that eventually, the EU and the Eurasian Union could create a “harmonized community of economies stretching from Lisbon to Vladivostok, a free trade zone and even employing more sophisticated integration patterns” that would pursue “coordinated policies in industry, technology, the energy sector, education, science, and also to eventually scrap visas”.

Ultimately, “existing regional institutions, such as the EU, NAFTA, APEC, ASEAN inter alia”, would become “the integration bricks that can be used to build a more sustainable global economy”. Top EU leaders have echoed that rhetoric exactly. Note the reference to NAFTA, too.

Around the world, there is a dizzying array of other “integration” schemes working to amalgamate once-sovereign nation-states into regional unions. For instance, in the Middle East, the already functioning Gulf Cooperation Council is becoming a supranational regime over the nations of the Arabian Peninsula.

Meanwhile, globalists from the CFR and beyond are working to put the entire region under what they tout as a “Middle East Union”.

“Just as a warring [European] continent found peace through unity by creating what became the EU, Arabs, Turks, Kurds and other groups in the region could find relative peace in ever closer union,” claimed Mohamed “Ed” Husain, an “adjunct senior fellow for Middle Eastern studies” at the CFR, in a 2014 piece published in the Financial Times.

In South East Asia, the “Association of South East Asian Nations,” more commonly known as ASEAN, is doing the same.

In North America, globalist architect Henry “New World Order” Kissinger described NAFTA, which set up international tribunals and bureaucracies, as “the most creative step toward a new world order taken by any group of countries since the end of the Cold War”.
WORLDWIDE DECEPTION

There is no populated region on Earth not being subsumed under regional government right now. Obviously, the notion that people all around the world just woke up one day seeking to surrender sovereignty to a regional government is ludicrous. It was all by design, of course. But all along, those responsible were deceiving the public.

For instance, while shackling the United Kingdom to the emerging European superstate, then-British Prime Minister Edward Heath blatantly lied.

“There are some in this country who fear that in going into Europe we shall in some way sacrifice independence and sovereignty”, Heath said in a January 1973 prime ministerial TV broadcast. “These fears, I need hardly say, are completely unjustified”.

Of course, not only were those concerns completely justified, they underestimated the subversion of sovereignty that would be taking place.

By 2016, the British people had wised up, with more people voting to secede from the EU with Brexit than have ever voted for anything in U.K. history. Globalists are now doing everything possible to overturn the vote, again using deception.

Almost three decades after Heath’s lies, in a July 13, 2000 interview with the newspaper La Stampa, then-Italian Prime Minister Giuliano Amato outlined the strategy of deception.

“The Union is the vanguard of this changing world: it indicates a future of princes without sovereignty,” he said.

“The new entity is faceless and those who are in command can neither be pinned down nor elected…. That is the way Europe was made too: by creating communitarian organisms without giving the organisms presided over by national governments the impression that they were being subjected to a higher power….

“I don’t think it is a good idea to replace this slow and effective method — which keeps national States free from anxiety while they are being stripped of power — with great institutional leaps. Therefore I prefer to go slowly, to crumble pieces of sovereignty up little by little, avoiding brusque transitions from national to [EU] federal power”.

Must-read: The Complete History of the Freemasonry and the Creation of the New World Order
GLOBAL MERGER OF REGIONS

Globalists have been getting bolder in recent years, speaking openly of their machinations and intentions. For instance, former National Security Advisor and Secretary of State Henry Kissinger outlined the same plot to advance globalism as his co-conspirator
Brzezinski did two decades earlier at Gorbachev’s confab, just more openly.

“The contemporary quest for world order will require a coherent strategy to establish a concept of order within the various regions and to relate these regional orders to one another”, Kissinger explained in an excerpt from his book World Order that appeared on August 29, 2014, under the headline “Henry Kissinger on the Assembly of a New World Order” in the Wall Street Journal.

Calling for a “structure of international rules and norms” that is “fostered as
a matter of common conviction”, he praised, in particular, developments on the other side of the Atlantic.

“Europe has set out to transcend the state”, Kissinger said. Despite the use of opaque and sterile language, it is clear that Kissinger was calling for the world’s nations and peoples to be divided up into “regional orders” as a prelude to the “New World Order” finale.

And as the EU works to transcend the nation-state at home, it is working simultaneously to do the same worldwide, including in North America. In a revealing document released in June 2016, the EU actually vowed to “support cooperative regional orders worldwide”, including in the Americas, while touting global governance composed of regional governments based on a “strong UN”.

“We will invest in regional orders, and in cooperation among and within regions,” the superstate declared in its “Global Strategy” document, echoing almost precisely the schemes outlined by Kissinger in his book World Order. “And we will promote reformed global governance…. The EU will strive for a strong UN as the bedrock of the multilateral rules-based order”.

Ironically, the EU document acknowledges that people are upset with the globalist agenda. Indeed, the EU “Global Strategy” document was released just five days after Brexit sent shock waves through the globalist movement worldwide.

But the official document goes on to suggest that surreptitiously undermining self-government around the world to build regional governments is all for the good of humanity, and so it must be pursued anyway.

“In a world caught between global pressures and local pushback, regional dynamics come to the fore”, the document argued.

“Voluntary forms of regional governance offer states and peoples the opportunity to better manage security concerns, reap the economic gains of globalization, express more fully cultures and identities, and project influence in world affairs”.

Eventually, as Kissinger and others explained, after these regional governments are in full control, the plan is to begin merging them with each other in overlapping regional governments, again using “trade” as the pretext.

The Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, for example, was aimed at bringing the EU and North America together under transatlantic bureaucracies, a longtime globalist goal that has been worked on for generations. This transatlantic union would then create regulations and supranational kangaroo courts over more than half of global GDP.

On the other side of the United States, the Trans-Pacific Partnership did virtually the same thing. Taken together, the supranational regulatory regime that would emerge from the “trade” regimes would govern virtually the entire global economy, with even nations that were not technically under its thumb being forced to submit just to continue participating in trade.

If the American people do not actively oppose these plans en masse, the result will be the end of self-government, liberty, prosperity, and Western Christian civilization.

This article originally appeared in the November 19, 2018 print edition of The New American. The New American publishes a print magazine twice a month, covering issues such as politics, money, foreign policy, environment, culture, and technology.


Przetłumaczone na polski poniżej:

Translated into Polish below:


DEEPSTATE — TWORZY
NOWE ZAMÓWIENIE ŚWIATA…. JEDEN REGION NA CZAS..

Globalistyczny plan Głębokiego Państwa dotyczący tego, co wtajemniczeni nazywają „Nowym Porządkiem Światowym” – w zasadzie globalnym rządem kontrolowanym przez nich samych – zaczyna się od zanurzenia suwerenności państw narodowych w regionalne „porządki”.

Są one lepiej rozumiane jako rządy regionalne zbudowane na podstawie umów o „wolnym handlu”, przy czym Unia Europejska jest najlepszym przykładem. Skąd wiemy, że to jest plan? Ponieważ najlepsi globaliści z głębokiego stanu mówili to publicznie i wielokrotnie, i ponieważ jest to dokładnie taka strategia, którą stosuje się otwarcie.

Na całym świecie pseudo-„wolny handel” i inne programy niszczenia suwerenności są wykorzystywane do przekazywania coraz większej władzy ponadnarodowej biurokracji i sądom.

Ostatecznie te regionalne porządki zostaną wplecione w nakładającą się mozaikę wielostronnych reżimów na drodze do stworzenia prawdziwie globalnego autorytetu, być może w ramach Organizacji Narodów Zjednoczonych lub jakiegoś mniej zdyskredytowanego przyszłego globalnego organu. Przynajmniej taki jest plan globalistyczny. Ale zaczyna pojawiać się poważne pęknięcia wśród historycznego publicznego sprzeciwu.

Już w 1950 r. Globaliści otwarcie ujawnili swój program globalnego rządu w ramach Organizacji Narodów Zjednoczonych. Na przykład w swojej książce Wojna lub pokój, współzałożyciel globalnej organizacji promującej rząd Rady Stosunków Zagranicznych, John Foster Dulles, jasno to wyraził.

„Organizacja Narodów Zjednoczonych nie stanowi ostatniego etapu rozwoju porządku światowego, lecz jedynie prymitywny etap”, napisał Dulles.

„Dlatego jego podstawowym zadaniem jest stworzenie warunków, które umożliwią bardziej rozwiniętą organizację”.

W tej samej książce Dulles dalej argumentował, że istniejąca Karta Narodów Zjednoczonych była wystarczająco silna, aby służyć jako podstawa dla rządu światowego.

„Nigdy nie spotkałem się z żadną propozycją zbiorowego bezpieczeństwa z„ zębami ”,„ rządem światowym ”lub„ federacją światową ”, która nie mogłaby zostać zrealizowana ani przez ONZ, ani na mocy Karty Narodów Zjednoczonych”, powiedział.

Niestety dla globalistów ludzkość nie była jeszcze gotowa oddać swojej suwerenności wszechmocnemu rządowi światowemu. Tak więc regionalizacja.

W raporcie z 1962 r. Zatytułowanym „Świat skutecznie kontrolowany przez ONZ”, finansowanym przez Departament Stanu USA, członka CFR i długoletniego urzędnika Departamentu Stanu, Lincolna Bloomfielda, argumentowano, że globalny rząd można osiągnąć poprzez regionalizm.

W planie zaproponował, aby „coraz większe jednostki ewoluowały przez związki celne, konfederację, regionalizm itd., Aż ostatecznie większe jednostki zlewały się pod globalnym parasolem”. Brzmi znajomo?

Oczywiście jest to właśnie strategia, która została zastosowana, polegająca przede wszystkim na programach „wolnego handlu” – oprócz wojny i groźby wojny, inne kluczowe taktyki podkreślone w raporcie Bloomfielda.

W 1974 roku, prawie ćwierć wieku po tym, jak założyciel CFR Dulles napisał swoją niesławną książkę, rzecznik organizacji globalistycznej, czasopismo zwane sprawami zagranicznymi, telegrafował swoją strategię globalizmu poprzez inkrementalizm do globalistów i przydatnych idiotów na całym świecie.

„Krótko mówiąc,„ dom porządku światowego ”będzie musiał być budowany oddolnie, a nie odgórnie”, napisał były zastępca sekretarza stanu Richard N. Gardner w kwietniu 1974 roku. suwerenność, niszcząc ją kawałek po kawałku, osiągnie znacznie więcej niż staromodny atak frontalny ”.

Krótko mówiąc, globaliści zdali sobie sprawę z faktu, że ludzie nie byli skłonni zrzec się kontroli nad własnymi narodami i przeznaczeniem naraz. Zamiast tego plan musiał być realizowany powoli, cicho i zwodniczo.

I tak, kawałek po kawałku, suwerenność została zniszczona przy użyciu narzędzi takich jak „wolny handel”, umowy międzynarodowe, regionalne sojusze wojskowe, takie jak Organizacja Traktatu Północnoatlantyckiego (NATO) i inne. Centralnym punktem spisku było przekonanie narodów i narodów do poddania się suwerenności nie od niektórych globalnych rządów oczekujących od razu, ale od organizacji regionalnych.

Zastanówmy się nad byłym doradcą ds. Bezpieczeństwa narodowego Zbigniewem Brzezińskim, wieloletnim „CFR”, członkiem i jedną z kluczowych postaci stojącej za globalnym szefem Trójstronnej Komisji Davida Rockefellera.

W 1995 r., Przemawiając na forum byłego sowieckiego dyktatora Michaiła Gorbaczowa „State of the World Forum”, w którym wziął udział starszy redaktor magazynu New American William F. Jasper, Brzeziński wyraźnie nakreślił plan, być może zakładając, że rozmawia tylko z innymi globalistami i przyjaciółmi.

„Nie możemy wskoczyć do rządu światowego jednym szybkim krokiem”, powiedział. „W skrócie, warunkiem ostatecznej globalizacji – prawdziwej globalizacji – jest postępująca regionalizacja, ponieważ w ten sposób dążymy do większych, bardziej stabilnych i bardziej kooperatywnych jednostek”.

Również w 1995 r. Utworzona przez ONZ „Komisja ds. Globalnego zarządzania” – tak, naprawdę nazywała się „Komisją ds. Globalnego zarządzania” – nakreśliła dokładnie tę samą strategię w swoim raporcie „Nasze globalne sąsiedztwo”.

„ONZ musi przygotować się na czas, gdy regionalizm stanie się bardziej powszechny na całym świecie i wspomóc ten proces z wyprzedzeniem w tym czasie”, napisali globaliści w komisji ONZ, zapowiadając strategię, która miała wkrótce nadejść.

„Współpraca regionalna i integracja powinny być postrzegane jako ważna i integralna część zrównoważonego systemu globalnego zarządzania”.
RZĄDY REGIONALNE WSZĘDZIE

Ta regionalizacja i „integracja” jako krok w kierunku globalizacji władzy politycznej i gospodarczej jest dokładnie tym, co dzieje się na całym świecie.
TUTAJ JEST NIEKTÓRE Z WIĘCEJ PRZYKŁADOWYCH PRZYKŁADÓW – nie jest to w żaden sposób wyczerpująca lista:
• UNIA EUROPEJSKA:
UE jest zdecydowanie najbardziej rozwiniętym reżimem ponadnarodowym na świecie, a były sowiecki dyktator Michaił Gorbaczow aprobująco określa ją jako „nową europejską sowiecką” podczas wizyty w Wielkiej Brytanii w 2000 roku.

Pierwotnie zaczęło się jako umowa „Węgla i stali” między sześcioma narodami po II wojnie światowej. Przy kluczowym wsparciu Deep State
instytucje takie jak
Bilderberg, CFR, Centralna Agencja Wywiadowcza (CIA) i więcej, stopniowo uzurpowała sobie coraz więcej władzy pod pozorem „wolnego handlu”.

Przez dziesięciolecia przekształciła się w Europejską Wspólnotę Gospodarczą, Wspólnotę Europejską, a wreszcie w Unię Europejską. Do 2012 r. Ówczesny przewodniczący Komisji Europejskiej José Manuel Barroso, były maoistyczny rewolucjonista, chwalił się machinacjami, o których ostrzegał Nowy Amerykanin od dziesięcioleci, spisek, którego globaliści zaprzeczali podczas tworzenia UE.

„Będziemy musieli przejść do federacji” – powiedział. „To jest nasz horyzont polityczny”.

Dziś UE ma jedną walutę, organ ścigania, wojsko proto-kontynentalne i wiele innych. Bruksela, w której znajduje się główna siedziba potwora, ukradła więcej władzy, niż nawet rząd federalny USA zabrał ze Stanów Zjednoczonych w niektórych obszarach, rzekomo mając uprawnienia do zawetowania budżetów krajowych uchwalonych przez wybrane parlamenty państw członkowskich.

Pomimo sprzeciwu obywateli w referendach praktycznie na każdym kroku, UE nadal pracuje nad tym, by „pogłębić”, przejmując większą władzę, i „poszerzyć”, dodając coraz więcej członków. Pracuje także nad eksportem swojego globalistycznego modelu całkowitej scentralizowanej władzy do innych regionów świata.

• UNIA AFRYKAŃSKA:
UA jest kolejnym z bardziej zaawansowanych związków regionalnych, które niszczą suwerenność narodową i nakładają na wybranych ludzi niewybranych, ponadnarodowych władców. Już teraz UA ma „parlament”, wojsko, „Trybunał Sprawiedliwości” i wiele innych.

Działa również na walucie kontynentalnej. Ponieważ Afryka jest tak rozległa i nierozwinięta, globalni władcy stosują ten sam plan, który realizują na poziomie globalnym, aby objąć państwa narodowe, ale na skalę kontynentalną.

Rozważ powstającą „Trójstronną strefę wolnego handlu”. W ramach tego planu różne obszary „wolnego handlu” na kontynencie afrykańskim zostaną ostatecznie połączone w jeden reżim „wolnego handlu” na całym kontynencie z otwartymi granicami od Kapsztadu do Kairu i jednym afrykańskim paszportem.

Jeśli chcesz zajrzeć w przyszłość w ramach tego regionalnego reżimu, zastanów się, że ludobójczy marksistowski dyktator Robert Mugabe został przewodniczącym UA, zanim został obalony przez własne wojsko.

I oczywiście jest bezspornym faktem, że osoby z zewnątrz – przede wszystkim rząd USA, UE i dyktatura zniewalająca Chiny – finansują Afrykę i nakładają na nią UA. Pekin zbudował siedzibę UA. Tymczasem UE finansuje ponad 80 procent budżetu programu UA.
• UNIA PAŃSTW AMERYKAŃSKICH:
W Ameryce Południowej globaliści i komuniści narzucali narodom wschodzące superpaństwo znane jako UNASUL lub UNASUR, w zależności od języka.

Zainspirowane przez UE siły stojące za tym programem niszczenia suwerenności przewidują Stany Zjednoczone Ameryki Południowej wraz z południowoamerykańskim wojskiem, walutą, parlamentem i nie tylko.

Aż do niedawnych sporów dotyczących brutalnej socjalistycznej dyktatury zniewolącej Wenezuelę niektóre państwa członkowskie tymczasowo zawiesiły swój udział, ponadnarodowe ciało zdominowane przez socjalistów i komunistów szybko przejmowało szeroką gamę uprawnień państw członkowskich.

I podobnie jak w innych częściach świata podlegających władzom regionalnym, UNASUL / UNASUR jest tylko jedną z ogromnej konstelacji ponadnarodowych instytucji w Ameryce Łacińskiej, które „integrują” niegdyś suwerenne państwa narodowe w „porządku regionalnym, ”, A po nim„ porządek świata ”.

Inne obejmują MERCOSUR, Boliwariański Sojusz na rzecz Ludów Naszej Ameryki (ALBA), Wspólnotę Państw Ameryki Łacińskiej i Karaibów (CELAC) i wiele innych.
• UNIA EURASIAN:
W „Eurazji” rosyjski siłacz Władimir Putin przewodzi utworzeniu tak zwanej Eurazjatyckiej Unii Gospodarczej, czyli EEU. Skupia Rosję, Białoruś, Kazachstan, Armenię i Kirgistan, wraz z wprowadzeniem innych krajów.

W końcu mają nadzieję na rozszerzenie unii o inne byłe państwa radzieckie, zwłaszcza ze Wspólnoty Niepodległych Państw (WNP).

„Przejście z Europejskiej Wspólnoty Węgla i Stali do pełnej Unii Europejskiej zajęło Europie 40 lat” – zauważył Putin w artykule dla Izvestii, dodając, że Unia Eurazjatycka „postępuje w znacznie szybszym tempie, ponieważ możemy czerpać doświadczenie UE i innych regionalnych stowarzyszeń. ”

Zharmonizowany eurazjatycki system regulacyjny jest „w większości przypadków zgodny ze standardami europejskimi”, dodał, zauważając, że „był oparty na zasadach Światowej Organizacji Handlu”, obiecując jednocześnie, że unia „pomoże zapewnić globalny zrównoważony rozwój”.

Putin zauważył, że w końcu UE i Unia Eurazjatycka mogłyby stworzyć „zharmonizowaną wspólnotę gospodarek od Lizbony po Władywostok, strefę wolnego handlu, a nawet stosując bardziej wyrafinowane wzorce integracji”, która prowadziłaby „skoordynowaną politykę w przemyśle, technologii, energii sektor, edukacja, nauka, a także ostatecznie zniesienie wiz ”.

Ostatecznie „istniejące instytucje regionalne, takie jak między innymi UE, NAFTA, APEC, ASEAN”, stałyby się „cegłami integracyjnymi, które można wykorzystać do budowy bardziej zrównoważonej globalnej gospodarki”. Czołowi przywódcy UE dokładnie powtórzyli tę retorykę. Zwróć też uwagę na odniesienie do NAFTA.

Na całym świecie istnieje oszałamiający wachlarz innych schematów „integracji”, które mają na celu połączenie niegdyś suwerennych państw narodowych w związki regionalne. Na przykład na Bliskim Wschodzie już funkcjonująca Rada Współpracy Zatoki Perskiej staje się ponadnarodowym reżimem nad narodami Półwyspu Arabskiego.

Tymczasem globaliści z CFR i nie tylko starają się objąć cały region tym, co nazywają „Unią Bliskiego Wschodu”.

„Tak jak walczący [europejski] kontynent znalazł pokój poprzez jedność poprzez stworzenie tego, co stało się UE, Arabowie, Turcy, Kurdowie i inne grupy w regionie mogą znaleźć względny pokój w coraz ściślejszym związku”, stwierdził Mohamed „Ed” Husain, „ adiunkt ds. studiów na Bliskim Wschodzie ”w CFR, w artykule z 2014 r. opublikowanym w Financial Times.

W Azji Południowo-Wschodniej „Stowarzyszenie Narodów Azji Południowo-Wschodniej”, bardziej znane jako ASEAN, robi to samo.

W Ameryce Północnej globalistyczny architekt Henry „New World Order” Kissinger opisał NAFTA, która ustanowiła międzynarodowe trybunały i biurokracje, jako „najbardziej twórczy krok w kierunku nowego porządku światowego podjętego przez dowolną grupę krajów od zakończenia zimnej wojny”.

DEKLAMA NA CAŁYM ŚWIECIE

Nie ma obecnie zaludnionego regionu na Ziemi, który nie byłby objęty przez samorządy regionalne. Oczywiście pomysł, że ludzie na całym świecie obudzili się pewnego dnia, próbując oddać suwerenność władzom regionalnym, jest absurdalny. Oczywiście wszystko było zaplanowane. Ale przez cały czas osoby odpowiedzialne oszukiwały społeczeństwo.

Na przykład, podczas przykucania Wielkiej Brytanii do powstającego superpaństwa europejskiego, ówczesny premier Wielkiej Brytanii Edward Heath rażąco skłamał.

„W tym kraju są tacy, którzy obawiają się, że przyjeżdżając do Europy, w jakiś sposób poświęcimy niezależność i suwerenność”, powiedział Heath w premierowej audycji telewizyjnej w styczniu 1973 r. „Te obawy, nie muszę chyba mówić, są całkowicie nieuzasadnione”.

Oczywiście obawy te były nie tylko całkowicie uzasadnione, ale nie doceniono podważenia suwerenności, która miała mieć miejsce.

Do 2016 r. Brytyjczycy zmądrowali, a więcej osób głosowało za Brexitem, by odłączyć się od UE, niż kiedykolwiek głosowało na coś w historii Wielkiej Brytanii. Globaliści robią teraz wszystko, co możliwe, aby obalić głosowanie, ponownie stosując oszustwo.

Prawie trzy dekady po kłamstwach Heatha, w wywiadzie dla gazety La Stampa z 13 lipca 2000 r., Ówczesny premier Włoch Giuliano Amato nakreślił strategię oszustwa.

„Unia jest awangardą tego zmieniającego się świata: wskazuje na przyszłość książąt bez suwerenności” – powiedział.

„Nowa istota jest pozbawiona twarzy, a rządzących nie można przypisać ani wybrać … Tak też zrobiono w Europie: poprzez tworzenie organizmów wspólnotowych bez stwarzania wrażenia, że są to organizmy kierowane przez rządy krajowe poddany wyższej sile….

„Nie sądzę, że dobrym pomysłem jest zastąpienie tej powolnej i skutecznej metody – która chroni państwa narodowe przed niepokojem podczas pozbawiania władzy – dużymi skokami instytucjonalnymi. Dlatego wolę iść powoli, stopniowo niszcząc suwerenność, unikając szorstkich przejść od władzy krajowej do federalnej [UE] ”.

Koniecznie przeczytaj: pełną historię masonerii i stworzenia nowego porządku świata
GLOBALNA POŁĄCZENIE REGIONÓW

Globaliści w ostatnich latach stają się odważniejsi, mówiąc otwarcie o swoich machinacjach i zamiarach. Na przykład były doradca ds. Bezpieczeństwa narodowego i sekretarz stanu Henry Kissinger nakreślili ten sam spisek mający na celu rozwój globalizmu, jak jego współspiskowiec
Brzeziński zrobił to dwie dekady wcześniej na konfabcie Gorbaczowa, tylko bardziej otwarcie.

„Współczesne dążenie do ładu światowego będzie wymagało spójnej strategii ustanowienia koncepcji porządku w różnych regionach i powiązania tych regionalnych porządków ze sobą”, wyjaśnił Kissinger we fragmencie swojej książki World Order, która ukazała się 29 sierpnia 2014 r. , pod nagłówkiem „Henry Kissinger o Zgromadzeniu Nowego Porządku Świata” w Wall Street Journal.

Wzywając do „struktury międzynarodowych zasad i norm”, która jest „wspierana jako
kwestia powszechnego przekonania ”, chwalił w szczególności rozwój wydarzeń po drugiej stronie Atlantyku.

„Europa postanowiła przekroczyć państwo”, powiedział Kissinger. Pomimo użycia nieprzejrzystego i sterylnego języka, jasne jest, że Kissinger apelował o podzielenie narodów i narodów świata na „porządki regionalne” jako preludium do finału „Nowego Porządku Świata”.

A ponieważ UE dąży do wykroczenia poza państwo narodowe w kraju, jednocześnie pracuje nad tym samym na całym świecie, w tym w Ameryce Północnej. W ujawniającym dokumencie wydanym w czerwcu 2016 r. UE faktycznie ślubowała „wspierać regionalne zamówienia spółdzielcze na całym świecie”, w tym w obu Amerykach, jednocześnie propagując globalne zarządzanie składające się z rządów regionalnych opartych na „silnej ONZ”.

„Będziemy inwestować w zamówienia regionalne i we współpracę między regionami” – oświadczył superpaństwo w dokumencie „Strategia globalna”, odzwierciedlając niemal dokładnie schematy nakreślone przez Kissingera w jego książce „Porządek świata”. „Będziemy promować zreformowane globalne zarządzanie… UE będzie dążyć do silnej ONZ jako podstawy wielostronnego porządku opartego na zasadach”.

Jak na ironię, dokument UE potwierdza, że ludzie są zaniepokojeni globalistyczną agendą. Rzeczywiście, dokument „Globalna strategia” UE został wydany zaledwie pięć dni po tym, jak Brexit wywołał fale wstrząsów w ruchu globalistycznym na całym świecie.

Ale oficjalny dokument dalej sugeruje, że potajemne podważanie samorządu na całym świecie w celu budowania samorządów regionalnych służy dobru ludzkości, dlatego i tak należy go kontynuować.

„W świecie uwikłanym w globalną presję i lokalne odepchnięcie na pierwszy plan wysuwa się regionalna dynamika”, argumentował dokument.

„Dobrowolne formy zarządzania regionalnego dają państwom i ludziom możliwość lepszego zarządzania problemami bezpieczeństwa, czerpania korzyści ekonomicznych z globalizacji, pełniejszego wyrażania kultur i tożsamości oraz wpływu projektów na sprawy światowe”.

W końcu, jak wyjaśnili Kissinger i inni, po tym, jak rządy regionalne mają pełną kontrolę, planuje się połączyć je ze sobą w nakładające się rządy regionalne, ponownie wykorzystując „handel” jako pretekst.

Na przykład transatlantyckie partnerstwo handlowo-inwestycyjne miało na celu zbliżenie UE i Ameryki Północnej do biurokracji transatlantyckiej, od dawna realizowanego przez pokolenia globalistycznego celu. Ta transatlantycka unia stworzyłaby wówczas regulacje i ponadnarodowe sądy kangurowe na ponad połowę światowego PKB.

Po drugiej stronie Stanów Zjednoczonych partnerstwo trans-pacyficzne zrobiło praktycznie to samo. Reasumując, ponadnarodowy reżim regulacyjny, który wyłoniłby się z reżimów „handlowych”, rządziłby praktycznie całą globalną gospodarką, a nawet narody, które technicznie nie były pod jego kontrolą, były zmuszone poddać się tylko po to, by nadal uczestniczyć w handlu.

Jeśli naród amerykański nie przeciwstawi się masowo tym planom, rezultatem będzie koniec samorządu, wolności, dobrobytu i cywilizacji zachodnio-chrześcijańskiej.

Artykuł pierwotnie ukazał się w wydaniu drukowanym The New American z 19 listopada 2018 r. The New American publikuje magazyn drukowany dwa razy w miesiącu, obejmujący takie kwestie, jak polityka, pieniądze, polityka zagraniczna, środowisko, kultura i technologia.


Traducido al español a continuación:

Translated into Spanish below:


PROFUNDIDAD: ESTÁ CREANDO
UN NUEVO ORDEN MUNDIAL…. UNA REGIÓN A LA VEZ..

El plan globalista del Estado Profundo para lo que los de adentro conocen como el “Nuevo Orden Mundial” – básicamente, un gobierno global controlado por ellos mismos – comienza sumergiendo la soberanía de los estados nacionales en “órdenes” regionales.

Estos se entienden mejor como gobiernos regionales construidos utilizando acuerdos de “libre comercio” como base, con la Unión Europea como el principal ejemplo. ¿Cómo sabemos que este es el plan? Porque los principales globalistas de Deep State lo han dicho pública y repetidamente, y porque esa es la estrategia exacta que se sigue abiertamente.

En todo el mundo, los acuerdos de pseudo “libre comercio” y otros esquemas de destrucción de soberanía se están utilizando para transferir más y más poder a las burocracias y tribunales transnacionales.

Y eventualmente, estas órdenes regionales se entrelazarán en un mosaico superpuesto de regímenes multilaterales en el camino hacia la creación de una autoridad verdaderamente global, tal vez bajo las Naciones Unidas o algún organismo mundial futuro menos desacreditado. Al menos, ese es el plan globalista. Pero está comenzando a mostrar grietas importantes en medio de una reacción pública histórica.

Ya en 1950, los globalistas habían revelado abiertamente su agenda para un gobierno global bajo las Naciones Unidas. En su libro Guerra o paz, por ejemplo, el cofundador del Consejo de Relaciones Exteriores, promotor del gobierno mundial, John Foster Dulles, lo explicó claramente.

“Las Naciones Unidas no representan una etapa final en el desarrollo del orden mundial, sino solo una etapa primitiva”, escribió Dulles.

“Por lo tanto, su tarea principal es crear las condiciones que harán posible una organización más desarrollada”.

En el mismo libro, Dulles continuó argumentando que la Carta de la ONU existente era lo suficientemente fuerte como para servir de base para un gobierno mundial.

“Nunca he visto ninguna propuesta hecha para la seguridad colectiva con ‘dientes’, o para el ‘gobierno mundial’ o para la ‘federación mundial’, que no podría ser llevada a cabo por las Naciones Unidas o bajo la Carta de las Naciones Unidas”, él dijo.

Sin embargo, desafortunadamente para los globalistas, la humanidad aún no estaba lista para entregar su soberanía a un gobierno mundial todopoderoso. Por lo tanto, regionalización.

En un informe de 1962 titulado “Un mundo efectivamente controlado por las Naciones Unidas”, financiado por el Departamento de Estado de EE. UU., Miembro del CFR y funcionario del Departamento de Estado de mucho tiempo Lincoln Bloomfield, argumentó que el gobierno global podría lograrse a través del regionalismo.

En el plan, propuso que “las unidades cada vez más grandes evolucionan a través de las uniones aduaneras, la confederación, el regionalismo, etc., hasta que finalmente las unidades más grandes se unan bajo un paraguas global”. ¿Suena familiar?

Por supuesto, esa es precisamente la estrategia que se ha utilizado, basándose principalmente en esquemas de “libre comercio”, además de ir a la guerra y amenazarla, otras tácticas clave destacadas en el informe de Bloomfield.

En 1974, casi un cuarto de siglo después de que el fundador de CFR, Dulles, escribiera su infame libro, el portavoz de la organización globalista, la revista denominada Foreign Affairs, estaba telegrafiando su estrategia de globalismo a través de incrementalismo a los expertos globalistas e idiotas útiles en todas partes.

“En resumen, la ‘casa del orden mundial’ tendrá que construirse de abajo hacia arriba y no de arriba hacia abajo”, escribió el ex subsecretario de Estado adjunto Richard N. Gardner en abril de 1974. “Un fin en todo el país La soberanía, erosionándola pieza por pieza, logrará mucho más que el asalto frontal anticuado ”.

En resumen, los globalistas reconocieron la realidad de que las personas no estaban dispuestas a renunciar al control sobre sus propias naciones y sus propios destinos de una vez. En cambio, el plan tendría que llevarse a cabo de manera lenta, silenciosa y engañosa.

Y así, pieza por pieza, la soberanía se erosionó utilizando herramientas como el “libre comercio”, los acuerdos internacionales, las alianzas militares regionales como la Organización del Tratado del Atlántico Norte (OTAN) y más. Un elemento central de la trama era convencer a las naciones y los pueblos a que entregaran la soberanía no a algún gobierno global inmediato, sino a las organizaciones regionales.

Considere al ex asesor de seguridad nacional Zbigniew Brzezinski, miembro de ‘CFR’ desde hace mucho tiempo, y una de las figuras clave detrás de la Comisión Trilateral del cerebro globalista David Rockefeller.

En 1995, al hablar en el “Foro del Estado del Mundo” del ex dictador soviético Mikhail Gorbachev, al que asistió el editor principal de la revista The New American William F. Jasper, Brzezinski describió el plan claramente, tal vez suponiendo que estaba hablando solo con sus amigos globalistas y amigos.

“No podemos saltar al gobierno mundial en un solo paso rápido”, dijo. “En resumen, la condición previa para una globalización eventual – una globalización genuina – es una regionalización progresiva, porque así nos movemos hacia unidades más grandes, más estables y más cooperativas”.

También en 1995, la “Comisión de Gobernanza Global” creada por la ONU, sí, realmente se la llamó “Comisión de Gobernanza Global”, describió precisamente la misma estrategia en su informe “Nuestra Vecindad Global”.

“La ONU debe prepararse para un momento en que el regionalismo se vuelve más ascendente en todo el mundo y ayudar al proceso antes de ese momento”, escribieron los globalistas en la comisión de la ONU, presagiando la estrategia que estaba a punto de agotarse.

“La cooperación y la integración regional deben considerarse como una parte importante e integral de un sistema equilibrado de gobernanza global”.

GOBIERNOS REGIONALES EN TODAS PARTES

Esta regionalización e “integración” como un peldaño hacia la globalización del poder político y económico es exactamente lo que está sucediendo en todo el mundo.
AQUÍ HAY ALGUNOS DE LOS EJEMPLOS MÁS PROMINENTES: de ninguna manera es una lista exhaustiva:
• UNIÓN EUROPEA:
La UE es, con mucho, el régimen supranacional más desarrollado del mundo, con el ex dictador soviético Mikhail Gorbachev describiéndolo con aprobación como “el nuevo soviético europeo” durante una visita de 2000 a Gran Bretaña.

Originalmente, comenzó como un acuerdo de “Carbón y Acero” entre seis naciones después de la Segunda Guerra Mundial. Con el apoyo clave de Deep State
instituciones como
Bilderberg, el CFR, la Agencia Central de Inteligencia (CIA) y más, gradualmente usurparon más y más poder bajo la apariencia de “libre comercio”.

A lo largo de las décadas, se transformó en la Comunidad Económica Europea, la Comunidad Europea y, finalmente, la Unión Europea. Para 2012, el entonces presidente de la Comisión de la UE, José Manuel Barroso, un ex revolucionario maoísta, se jactaba de las maquinaciones que The New American había estado advirtiendo durante décadas, un complot que los globalistas generalmente habían negado a medida que la UE se estaba formando.

“Tendremos que avanzar hacia una federación”, dijo. “Este es nuestro horizonte político”.

Hoy, la UE tiene una moneda única, una agencia de aplicación de la ley, un ejército protocontinental y mucho más. Bruselas, donde el monstruo tiene su sede, ha robado más poder del que incluso el gobierno federal de EE. UU. Ha tomado de los estados de EE. UU. En algunas áreas, pretendiendo tener la autoridad para vetar los presupuestos nacionales aprobados por los parlamentos elegidos de los estados miembros.

A pesar de que los ciudadanos se oponen a los referéndums en casi todos los sentidos, la UE todavía está trabajando para ser “más profunda” al usurpar más poder y “más amplia” al agregar más y más miembros. También está trabajando para exportar su modelo globalista de poder centralizado total a otras regiones del mundo.
• UNIÓN AFRICANA:
La UA es otro de los sindicatos regionales más avanzados que destruyen la soberanía nacional e imponen gobernantes supranacionales no elegidos a pueblos diversos. La UA ya tiene un “Parlamento”, un ejército, un “Tribunal de Justicia” y más.

También está trabajando en una moneda continental. Debido a que África es tan vasta y poco desarrollada, los señores globalistas en realidad están utilizando el mismo plan que están siguiendo a nivel global para subsumir a los estados-nación, pero a escala continental.

Considere la emergente “Área tripartita de libre comercio”. Según el plan, varias áreas de “libre comercio” en el continente africano finalmente se fusionarán en un único régimen de “libre comercio” en todo el continente con fronteras abiertas desde Ciudad del Cabo a El Cairo, y un solo pasaporte africano.

Para una vista previa del futuro bajo este régimen regional, considere que el dictador marxista genocida Robert Mugabe fue nombrado presidente de la UA antes de ser derrocado por su propio ejército.

Y, por supuesto, es un hecho indiscutible que los extraños, principalmente el gobierno de EE. UU., La UE y la dictadura que esclavizan a China, están financiando e imponiendo la UA a los africanos. Beijing construyó la sede de la UA. Mientras tanto, la UE financia más del 80 por ciento del presupuesto del programa de la UA.
• UNIÓN DE ESTADOS SUDAMERICANOS:
En América del Sur, los globalistas y comunistas han impuesto a los pueblos un superestado emergente conocido como UNASUL o UNASUR, según el idioma.

Inspiradas por la UE, las fuerzas detrás de este esquema de destrucción de soberanía vislumbran a los Estados Unidos de América del Sur, con un ejército, moneda, parlamento y más sudamericanos.

Hasta que los recientes desacuerdos sobre la brutal dictadura socialista que esclavizaban a Venezuela causaron que algunos estados miembros suspendieran temporalmente su participación, el cuerpo supranacional dominado por los socialistas y los comunistas estaba usurpando rápidamente una amplia gama de poderes de los estados miembros.

Y como es el caso en otras partes del mundo que están incluidas en los gobiernos regionales, UNASUL / UNASUR es simplemente una de una vasta constelación de instituciones supranacionales en América Latina que trabaja para “integrar” a los estados-nación soberanos en un “orden regional”. “Para ser seguido por el” orden mundial “.

Otros incluyen el MERCOSUR, la Alianza Bolivariana para los Pueblos de Nuestra América (ALBA), la Comunidad de Estados de América Latina y el Caribe (CELAC) y muchos otros.

• UNIÓN EURASIANA:
En “Eurasia”, el hombre fuerte ruso Vladimir Putin encabeza la creación de lo que actualmente se conoce como la Unión Económica Euroasiática, o EEU. Reúne a Rusia, Bielorrusia, Kazajstán, Armenia y Kirguistán, y otros países están siendo inducidos.

Eventualmente, esperan expandir la unión para incluir otros antiguos estados soviéticos, particularmente de la Comunidad de Estados Independientes (CEI).

“Le tomó 40 años a Europa pasar de la Comunidad Europea del Carbón y del Acero a la Unión Europea”, observó Putin en un artículo de opinión para Izvestia, y agregó que la Unión Euroasiática está “avanzando a un ritmo mucho más rápido porque podríamos aprovechar la experiencia de la UE y otras asociaciones regionales “.

El régimen regulatorio euroasiático armonizado es “en la mayoría de los casos consistente con los estándares europeos”, agregó, y señaló que estaba “basado en los principios de la Organización Mundial del Comercio”, al tiempo que prometió que la unión “ayudaría a garantizar el desarrollo sostenible global”.

Putin señaló que eventualmente, la UE y la Unión Euroasiática podrían crear una “comunidad armonizada de economías que se extienda desde Lisboa a Vladivostok, una zona de libre comercio e incluso empleando patrones de integración más sofisticados” que seguirían “políticas coordinadas en la industria, la tecnología, la energía sector, educación, ciencia y también para eventualmente desechar visas ”.

En última instancia, “las instituciones regionales existentes, como la UE, el TLCAN, el APEC, la ASEAN, entre otras cosas”, se convertirían en “los ladrillos de integración que se pueden utilizar para construir una economía global más sostenible”. Los principales líderes de la UE se han hecho eco de esa retórica exactamente. Tenga en cuenta la referencia al TLCAN, también.

En todo el mundo, hay una variedad vertiginosa de otros esquemas de “integración” que trabajan para fusionar estados nacionales que alguna vez fueron soberanos en sindicatos regionales. Por ejemplo, en el Medio Oriente, el Consejo de Cooperación del Golfo, que ya funciona, se está convirtiendo en un régimen supranacional sobre las naciones de la Península Arábiga.

Mientras tanto, los globalistas del CFR y más allá están trabajando para poner a toda la región bajo lo que ellos llaman una “Unión del Medio Oriente”.

“Así como un continente en guerra [europeo] encontró la paz a través de la unidad al crear lo que se convirtió en la UE, los árabes, turcos, kurdos y otros grupos en la región podrían encontrar una paz relativa en una unión cada vez más estrecha”, afirmó Mohamed “Ed” Husain, un ” investigador adjunto para estudios de Medio Oriente ”en el CFR, en un artículo de 2014 publicado en el Financial Times.

En el sudeste asiático, la “Asociación de Naciones del Sudeste Asiático”, más comúnmente conocida como ASEAN, está haciendo lo mismo.

En América del Norte, el arquitecto globalista Henry “Nuevo Orden Mundial” Kissinger describió el TLCAN, que estableció tribunales y burocracias internacionales, como “el paso más creativo hacia un nuevo orden mundial dado por cualquier grupo de países desde el final de la Guerra Fría”.

ENGAÑO MUNDIAL

No hay una región poblada en la Tierra que no esté incluida en el gobierno regional en este momento. Obviamente, la noción de que la gente de todo el mundo acaba de despertarse un día buscando entregar la soberanía a un gobierno regional es ridícula. Todo fue por diseño, por supuesto. Pero todo el tiempo, los responsables estaban engañando al público.

Por ejemplo, mientras encadenaba al Reino Unido al emergente superestado europeo, el entonces primer ministro británico Edward Heath mintió descaradamente.

“Hay algunos en este país que temen que al entrar en Europa sacrifiquemos de alguna manera la independencia y la soberanía”, dijo Heath en una transmisión televisiva del primer ministro de enero de 1973. “No es necesario decir que estos temores son completamente injustificados”.

Por supuesto, esas preocupaciones no solo estaban completamente justificadas, sino que subestimaban la subversión de la soberanía que tendría lugar.

Para 2016, el pueblo británico se había dado cuenta, con más personas votando para separarse de la UE con Brexit que nunca votaron por algo en la historia del Reino Unido. Los globalistas ahora están haciendo todo lo posible para revocar el voto, nuevamente utilizando el engaño.

Casi tres décadas después de las mentiras de Heath, en una entrevista del 13 de julio de 2000 con el periódico La Stampa, el entonces primer ministro italiano Giuliano Amato describió la estrategia del engaño.

“La Unión es la vanguardia de este mundo cambiante: indica un futuro de príncipes sin soberanía”, dijo.

“La nueva entidad no tiene rostro y los que están al mando no pueden ser inmovilizados ni elegidos … Así es como se hizo Europa: creando organismos comunitarios sin dar a los organismos presididos por los gobiernos nacionales la impresión de que eran ser sometido a un poder superior….

“No creo que sea una buena idea reemplazar este método lento y efectivo, que mantiene a los Estados nacionales libres de ansiedad mientras se les despoja del poder, con grandes saltos institucionales”. Por lo tanto, prefiero ir despacio, desmoronar pedazos de soberanía poco a poco, evitando transiciones bruscas del poder nacional al poder federal [de la UE] ”.

Debe leer: la historia completa de la masonería y la creación del nuevo orden mundial
FUSIÓN GLOBAL DE REGIONES

Los globalistas se han vuelto más audaces en los últimos años, hablando abiertamente de sus maquinaciones e intenciones. Por ejemplo, el ex asesor de seguridad nacional y secretario de Estado Henry Kissinger describió el mismo plan para avanzar en el globalismo que su conspirador.
Brzezinski lo hizo dos décadas antes en la reunión de Gorbachov, solo que de manera más abierta.

“La búsqueda contemporánea del orden mundial requerirá una estrategia coherente para establecer un concepto de orden dentro de las diversas regiones y relacionar estos órdenes regionales entre sí”, explicó Kissinger en un extracto de su libro World Order que apareció el 29 de agosto de 2014 , bajo el título “Henry Kissinger sobre la Asamblea de un Nuevo Orden Mundial” en el Wall Street Journal.

Pidiendo una “estructura de reglas y normas internacionales” que se “fomente como
una cuestión de convicción común ”, elogió, en particular, los desarrollos en el otro lado del Atlántico.

“Europa se ha propuesto trascender el estado”, dijo Kissinger. A pesar del uso de lenguaje opaco y estéril, está claro que Kissinger estaba pidiendo que las naciones y pueblos del mundo se dividieran en “órdenes regionales” como preludio del final del “Nuevo Orden Mundial”.

Y a medida que la UE trabaja para trascender el estado-nación en casa, está trabajando simultáneamente para hacer lo mismo en todo el mundo, incluso en América del Norte. En un documento revelador publicado en junio de 2016, la UE se comprometió a “apoyar las órdenes regionales de cooperación en todo el mundo”, incluso en las Américas, mientras promociona la gobernanza global compuesta por gobiernos regionales basados en una “ONU fuerte”.

“Invertiremos en pedidos regionales, y en cooperación entre y dentro de las regiones”, declaró el superestado en su documento de “Estrategia global”, haciéndose eco casi con precisión de los esquemas esbozados por Kissinger en su libro World Order. “Y promoveremos una gobernanza mundial reformada … La UE luchará por una ONU fuerte como base del orden multilateral basado en normas”.

Irónicamente, el documento de la UE reconoce que las personas están molestas con la agenda globalista. De hecho, el documento de la “Estrategia global” de la UE se publicó solo cinco días después de que Brexit envió ondas de choque a través del movimiento globalista en todo el mundo.

Pero el documento oficial continúa sugiriendo que socavar subrepticiamente el autogobierno en todo el mundo para construir gobiernos regionales es todo por el bien de la humanidad, por lo que debe perseguirse de todos modos.

“En un mundo atrapado entre las presiones globales y el retroceso local, la dinámica regional se destaca”, argumenta el documento.

“Las formas voluntarias de gobernanza regional ofrecen a los estados y pueblos la oportunidad de gestionar mejor las preocupaciones de seguridad, cosechar los beneficios económicos de la globalización, expresar más plenamente culturas e identidades y proyectar influencia en los asuntos mundiales”.

Finalmente, como Kissinger y otros explicaron, después de que estos gobiernos regionales tengan el control total, el plan es comenzar a fusionarlos entre sí en gobiernos regionales superpuestos, utilizando nuevamente el “comercio” como pretexto.

La Asociación Transatlántica de Comercio e Inversión, por ejemplo, tenía como objetivo unir a la UE y América del Norte bajo burocracias transatlánticas, un objetivo globalista desde hace mucho tiempo que se ha trabajado durante generaciones. Esta unión transatlántica crearía entonces regulaciones y tribunales supranacionales de canguro sobre más de la mitad del PIB mundial.

Al otro lado de los Estados Unidos, la Asociación Transpacífica hizo prácticamente lo mismo. En conjunto, el régimen regulatorio supranacional que surgiría de los regímenes de “comercio” gobernaría prácticamente toda la economía mundial, incluso las naciones que técnicamente no estaban bajo su control se verían obligadas a someterse solo para continuar participando en el comercio.

Si el pueblo estadounidense no se opone activamente a estos planes en masa, el resultado será el fin del autogobierno, la libertad, la prosperidad y la civilización cristiana occidental.

Este artículo apareció originalmente en la edición impresa del 19 de noviembre de 2018 de El Nuevo Americano. El Nuevo Americano publica una revista impresa dos veces al mes, que cubre temas como política, dinero, política exterior, medio ambiente, cultura y tecnología.


Tags: /Tagi: /Etiquetas:
#EXPOSING #EKSPOZYCJA!
#EXPOSICIÓN #occultism #okultyzm #ocultismo #paganism #pogaństwo #paganismo #pagan #pogański #pagano #Luciferianism
#satanism #satanismo #SecretSociety #SociedadSecreta #SekretneStowarzyszenie #SecretSocieties #TajneStowarzyszenia
#SociedadesSecretas #SecretHistory #TajnaHistoria #NWO #AntiNWO #NewWorldDisorder #OrdoAbChao
#HegelianDialectics #DialektykaHeglowska #DialécticaHegeliana #DeepState #EstadoProfundo #GłębokiStan
#ShadowGovernment #RządCienia #GobiernoSombrío
#Control #Kontrola #Controlar #TotalControl #PełnaKontrola #ControlTotal
#Socialism #Socjalizm
#Socialismo #Communism #Komunizm #Comunismo #TheElite #Elita #LaElité #TheCabal #Cabal #ElCabal #evil #zło #mal
#Trans-Humanism #Transhumanizm #Transhumanismo #HenryKissinger #NWO #Article #Artykuł #Artículo
#EXPOSED #NARAŻONY #EXPUESTO